added etc directories
This commit is contained in:
2
etc-baloghs/cron.d/.placeholder
Normal file
2
etc-baloghs/cron.d/.placeholder
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# DO NOT EDIT OR REMOVE
|
||||
# This file is a simple placeholder to keep dpkg from removing this directory
|
||||
4
etc-baloghs/cron.d/backup
Normal file
4
etc-baloghs/cron.d/backup
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
|
||||
|
||||
30 9 * * * root /root/bin/db-backup.sh >>/var/log/backup.log 2>&1
|
||||
2
etc-baloghs/cron.d/certbot
Normal file
2
etc-baloghs/cron.d/certbot
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
30 18 * * mon root /root/bin/renew-certs.sh >>/var/log/renew-certs.log 2>&1
|
||||
|
||||
3
etc-baloghs/cron.d/getmail
Normal file
3
etc-baloghs/cron.d/getmail
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
*/15 * * * * vmail /usr/bin/getmail -g /var/lib/getmail-udmedia -r ud02_276p1 -r ud02_276p2 -r ud02_276p3
|
||||
*/15 * * * * spamd /usr/bin/getmail -g /var/lib/getmail-spamd -r not_spam -r missed_spam
|
||||
|
||||
1
etc-baloghs/cron.d/grav
Normal file
1
etc-baloghs/cron.d/grav
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
*/5 * * * * www-data cd /var/www-baloghs;/usr/bin/php bin/grav scheduler 1>> /dev/null 2>&1
|
||||
12
etc-baloghs/cron.d/mdadm
Normal file
12
etc-baloghs/cron.d/mdadm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# cron.d/mdadm -- schedules periodic redundancy checks of MD devices
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright © martin f. krafft <madduck@madduck.net>
|
||||
# distributed under the terms of the Artistic Licence 2.0
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# By default, run at 00:57 on every Sunday, but do nothing unless the day of
|
||||
# the month is less than or equal to 7. Thus, only run on the first Sunday of
|
||||
# each month. crontab(5) sucks, unfortunately, in this regard; therefore this
|
||||
# hack (see #380425).
|
||||
57 0 * * 0 root if [ -x /usr/share/mdadm/checkarray ] && [ $(date +\%d) -le 7 ]; then /usr/share/mdadm/checkarray --cron --all --idle --quiet; fi
|
||||
14
etc-baloghs/cron.d/php
Normal file
14
etc-baloghs/cron.d/php
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
# /etc/cron.d/php@PHP_VERSION@: crontab fragment for PHP
|
||||
# This purges session files in session.save_path older than X,
|
||||
# where X is defined in seconds as the largest value of
|
||||
# session.gc_maxlifetime from all your SAPI php.ini files
|
||||
# or 24 minutes if not defined. The script triggers only
|
||||
# when session.save_handler=files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WARNING: The scripts tries hard to honour all relevant
|
||||
# session PHP options, but if you do something unusual
|
||||
# you have to disable this script and take care of your
|
||||
# sessions yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
# Look for and purge old sessions every 30 minutes
|
||||
09,39 * * * * root [ -x /usr/lib/php/sessionclean ] && if [ ! -d /run/systemd/system ]; then /usr/lib/php/sessionclean; fi
|
||||
1
etc-baloghs/cron.d/spamassassin
Normal file
1
etc-baloghs/cron.d/spamassassin
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
5 23 * * 5 root /usr/bin/sa-update -D && systemctl restart spampd >>/var/log/sa-update.log 2>&1
|
||||
1
etc-baloghs/cron.d/tt-rss
Normal file
1
etc-baloghs/cron.d/tt-rss
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
*/5 * * * * www-data /usr/bin/php /var/www/tt-rss/update.php --feeds >>/var/log/tt-rss.log 2>&1
|
||||
1
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/50_scores.cf
Normal file
1
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/50_scores.cf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
score RDNS_NONE 5.0
|
||||
34
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/65_debian.cf
Normal file
34
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/65_debian.cf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
# Special SpamAssassin rules for Debian
|
||||
# Duncan Findlay
|
||||
|
||||
header D_SENT_BY_DEBCONF Subject =~ /^Debconf:/
|
||||
score D_SENT_BY_DEBCONF -5.0
|
||||
describe D_SENT_BY_DEBCONF Sent by Debconf
|
||||
|
||||
body D_SENT_BY_AFBACKUP /^\[Afbackup\]: Overall exit status:/
|
||||
score D_SENT_BY_AFBACKUP -5.0
|
||||
describe D_SENT_BY_AFBACKUP Sent by Afbackup
|
||||
|
||||
header D_SENT_BY_APTLC Subject =~ /^apt-listchanges: (changelogs|news) for/
|
||||
score D_SENT_BY_APTLC -5.0
|
||||
describe D_SENT_BY_APTLC Sent by apt-listchanges
|
||||
|
||||
header __ANACRON_SUBJ Subject =~ /^Anacron job '[a-z0-9_.-]+' on/i
|
||||
header __ANACRON_FROM From =~ /^Anacron/
|
||||
meta D_SENT_BY_ANACRON __ANACRON_SUBJ && __ANACRON_FROM
|
||||
score D_SENT_BY_ANACRON -5.0
|
||||
describe D_SENT_BY_ANACRON Sent by Anacron Daemon
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
header __CRON_FROM From =~ /^Cron Daemon/
|
||||
header __CRON_HEADER X-Cron-Env =~ /./
|
||||
meta D_SENT_BY_CRON __CRON_FROM && __CRON_HEADER
|
||||
score D_SENT_BY_CRON -5.0
|
||||
describe D_SENT_BY_CRON Sent by Cron Daemon
|
||||
|
||||
# As documented in https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=861671,
|
||||
# the bb.barracudacentral.org blacklist requires users to register, making it
|
||||
# unsuitable for use in the default configuration. If you've registered your
|
||||
# use of this blacklist, remove the following line in order to re-activate
|
||||
# this service:
|
||||
score RCVD_IN_BRBL_LASTEXT 0
|
||||
36
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/init.pre
Normal file
36
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/init.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file contains plugin activation commands for plugins included
|
||||
# in SpamAssassin 3.0.x releases. It will not be installed if you
|
||||
# already have a file in place called "init.pre".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# RelayCountry - add metadata for Bayes learning, marking the countries
|
||||
# a message was relayed through
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: This requires the Geo::IP Perl module
|
||||
#
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::RelayCountry
|
||||
|
||||
# URIDNSBL - look up URLs found in the message against several DNS
|
||||
# blocklists.
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::URIDNSBL
|
||||
|
||||
# Hashcash - perform hashcash verification.
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Hashcash
|
||||
|
||||
# SPF - perform SPF verification.
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::SPF
|
||||
|
||||
89
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/local.cf
Normal file
89
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/local.cf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Only a small subset of options are listed below
|
||||
#
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Add *****SPAM***** to the Subject header of spam e-mails
|
||||
#
|
||||
# rewrite_header Subject *****SPAM*****
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Save spam messages as a message/rfc822 MIME attachment instead of
|
||||
# modifying the original message (0: off, 2: use text/plain instead)
|
||||
#
|
||||
report_safe 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set which networks or hosts are considered 'trusted' by your mail
|
||||
# server (i.e. not spammers)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# trusted_networks 212.17.35.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set file-locking method (flock is not safe over NFS, but is faster)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# lock_method flock
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the threshold at which a message is considered spam (default: 5.0)
|
||||
#
|
||||
required_score 4.1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Use Bayesian classifier (default: 1)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# use_bayes 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Bayesian classifier auto-learning (default: 1)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# bayes_auto_learn 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set headers which may provide inappropriate cues to the Bayesian
|
||||
# classifier
|
||||
#
|
||||
# bayes_ignore_header X-Bogosity
|
||||
# bayes_ignore_header X-Spam-Flag
|
||||
# bayes_ignore_header X-Spam-Status
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether to decode non- UTF-8 and non-ASCII textual parts and recode
|
||||
# them to UTF-8 before the text is given over to rules processing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# normalize_charset 1
|
||||
|
||||
# Some shortcircuiting, if the plugin is enabled
|
||||
#
|
||||
ifplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Shortcircuit
|
||||
#
|
||||
# default: strongly-whitelisted mails are *really* whitelisted now, if the
|
||||
# shortcircuiting plugin is active, causing early exit to save CPU load.
|
||||
# Uncomment to turn this on
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_WHITELIST on
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_DEF_WHITELIST on
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_ALL_SPAM_TO on
|
||||
# shortcircuit SUBJECT_IN_WHITELIST on
|
||||
|
||||
# the opposite; blacklisted mails can also save CPU
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_BLACKLIST on
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_BLACKLIST_TO on
|
||||
# shortcircuit SUBJECT_IN_BLACKLIST on
|
||||
|
||||
# if you have taken the time to correctly specify your "trusted_networks",
|
||||
# this is another good way to save CPU
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit ALL_TRUSTED on
|
||||
|
||||
# and a well-trained bayes DB can save running rules, too
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit BAYES_99 spam
|
||||
# shortcircuit BAYES_00 ham
|
||||
|
||||
endif # Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Shortcircuit
|
||||
89
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/local.cf.dist
Normal file
89
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/local.cf.dist
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Only a small subset of options are listed below
|
||||
#
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Add *****SPAM***** to the Subject header of spam e-mails
|
||||
#
|
||||
# rewrite_header Subject *****SPAM*****
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Save spam messages as a message/rfc822 MIME attachment instead of
|
||||
# modifying the original message (0: off, 2: use text/plain instead)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# report_safe 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set which networks or hosts are considered 'trusted' by your mail
|
||||
# server (i.e. not spammers)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# trusted_networks 212.17.35.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set file-locking method (flock is not safe over NFS, but is faster)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# lock_method flock
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the threshold at which a message is considered spam (default: 5.0)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# required_score 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Use Bayesian classifier (default: 1)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# use_bayes 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Bayesian classifier auto-learning (default: 1)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# bayes_auto_learn 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Set headers which may provide inappropriate cues to the Bayesian
|
||||
# classifier
|
||||
#
|
||||
# bayes_ignore_header X-Bogosity
|
||||
# bayes_ignore_header X-Spam-Flag
|
||||
# bayes_ignore_header X-Spam-Status
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether to decode non- UTF-8 and non-ASCII textual parts and recode
|
||||
# them to UTF-8 before the text is given over to rules processing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# normalize_charset 1
|
||||
|
||||
# Some shortcircuiting, if the plugin is enabled
|
||||
#
|
||||
ifplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Shortcircuit
|
||||
#
|
||||
# default: strongly-whitelisted mails are *really* whitelisted now, if the
|
||||
# shortcircuiting plugin is active, causing early exit to save CPU load.
|
||||
# Uncomment to turn this on
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_WHITELIST on
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_DEF_WHITELIST on
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_ALL_SPAM_TO on
|
||||
# shortcircuit SUBJECT_IN_WHITELIST on
|
||||
|
||||
# the opposite; blacklisted mails can also save CPU
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_BLACKLIST on
|
||||
# shortcircuit USER_IN_BLACKLIST_TO on
|
||||
# shortcircuit SUBJECT_IN_BLACKLIST on
|
||||
|
||||
# if you have taken the time to correctly specify your "trusted_networks",
|
||||
# this is another good way to save CPU
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit ALL_TRUSTED on
|
||||
|
||||
# and a well-trained bayes DB can save running rules, too
|
||||
#
|
||||
# shortcircuit BAYES_99 spam
|
||||
# shortcircuit BAYES_00 ham
|
||||
|
||||
endif # Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Shortcircuit
|
||||
3
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-compile.pre
Normal file
3
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-compile.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
# Rule2XSBody - speedup by compilation of ruleset to native code
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Rule2XSBody
|
||||
6
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-update-hooks.d/spampd
Normal file
6
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-update-hooks.d/spampd
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
service spampd restart
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-update-keys/pubring.gpg
Normal file
BIN
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-update-keys/pubring.gpg
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-update-keys/trustdb.gpg
Normal file
BIN
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/sa-update-keys/trustdb.gpg
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
78
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v310.pre
Normal file
78
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v310.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was installed during the installation of SpamAssassin 3.1.0,
|
||||
# and contains plugin loading commands for the new plugins added in that
|
||||
# release. It will not be overwritten during future SpamAssassin installs,
|
||||
# so you can modify it to enable some disabled-by-default plugins below,
|
||||
# if you so wish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# DCC - perform DCC message checks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DCC is disabled here because it is not open source. See the DCC
|
||||
# license for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::DCC
|
||||
|
||||
# Pyzor - perform Pyzor message checks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Pyzor
|
||||
|
||||
# Razor2 - perform Razor2 message checks.
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Razor2
|
||||
|
||||
# SpamCop - perform SpamCop message reporting
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::SpamCop
|
||||
|
||||
# AntiVirus - some simple anti-virus checks, this is not a replacement
|
||||
# for an anti-virus filter like Clam AntiVirus
|
||||
#
|
||||
#loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::AntiVirus
|
||||
|
||||
# AWL - do auto-whitelist checks
|
||||
#
|
||||
#loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::AWL
|
||||
|
||||
# AutoLearnThreshold - threshold-based discriminator for Bayes auto-learning
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::AutoLearnThreshold
|
||||
|
||||
# TextCat - language guesser
|
||||
#
|
||||
#loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::TextCat
|
||||
|
||||
# AccessDB - lookup from-addresses in access database
|
||||
#
|
||||
#loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::AccessDB
|
||||
|
||||
# WhitelistSubject - Whitelist/Blacklist certain subject regular expressions
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::WhiteListSubject
|
||||
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
# experimental plugins
|
||||
|
||||
# DomainKeys - perform DomainKeys verification
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This plugin has been removed as of v3.3.0. Use the DKIM plugin instead,
|
||||
# which supports both Domain Keys and DKIM.
|
||||
|
||||
# MIMEHeader - apply regexp rules against MIME headers in the message
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::MIMEHeader
|
||||
|
||||
# ReplaceTags
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::ReplaceTags
|
||||
|
||||
29
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v312.pre
Normal file
29
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v312.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was installed during the installation of SpamAssassin 3.1.2,
|
||||
# and contains plugin loading commands for the new plugins added in that
|
||||
# release. It will not be overwritten during future SpamAssassin installs,
|
||||
# so you can modify it to enable some disabled-by-default plugins below,
|
||||
# if you so wish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
# experimental plugins
|
||||
|
||||
# DKIM - perform DKIM verification
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Mail::DKIM module required for use, see INSTALL for more information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that if C<Mail::DKIM> version 0.20 or later is installed, this
|
||||
# renders the DomainKeys plugin redundant.
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::DKIM
|
||||
|
||||
64
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v320.pre
Normal file
64
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v320.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was installed during the installation of SpamAssassin 3.2.0,
|
||||
# and contains plugin loading commands for the new plugins added in that
|
||||
# release. It will not be overwritten during future SpamAssassin installs,
|
||||
# so you can modify it to enable some disabled-by-default plugins below,
|
||||
# if you so wish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Check - Provides main check functionality
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Check
|
||||
|
||||
# HTTPSMismatch - find URI mismatches between href and anchor text
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::HTTPSMismatch
|
||||
|
||||
# URIDetail - test URIs using detailed URI information
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::URIDetail
|
||||
|
||||
# Shortcircuit - stop evaluation early if high-accuracy rules fire
|
||||
#
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Shortcircuit
|
||||
|
||||
# Plugins which used to be EvalTests.pm
|
||||
# broken out into separate plugins
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Bayes
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::BodyEval
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::DNSEval
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::HTMLEval
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::HeaderEval
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::MIMEEval
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::RelayEval
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::URIEval
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::WLBLEval
|
||||
|
||||
# VBounce - anti-bounce-message rules, see rules/20_vbounce.cf
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::VBounce
|
||||
|
||||
# Rule2XSBody - speedup by compilation of ruleset to native code
|
||||
#
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Rule2XSBody
|
||||
|
||||
# ASN - Look up the Autonomous System Number of the connecting IP
|
||||
# and create a header containing ASN data for bayes tokenization.
|
||||
# See plugin's POD docs for usage info.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::ASN
|
||||
|
||||
# ImageInfo - rules to match metadata of image attachments
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::ImageInfo
|
||||
|
||||
28
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v330.pre
Normal file
28
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v330.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was installed during the installation of SpamAssassin 3.3.0,
|
||||
# and contains plugin loading commands for the new plugins added in that
|
||||
# release. It will not be overwritten during future SpamAssassin installs,
|
||||
# so you can modify it to enable some disabled-by-default plugins below,
|
||||
# if you so wish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# PhishTag - allows sites to rewrite suspect phish-mail URLs
|
||||
# (Note: this requires configuration, see http://umut.topkara.org/PhishTag)
|
||||
#
|
||||
#loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::PhishTag
|
||||
|
||||
# FreeMail - detect email addresses using free webmail services,
|
||||
# usable as input for other rules
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::FreeMail
|
||||
|
||||
21
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v340.pre
Normal file
21
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v340.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was installed during the installation of SpamAssassin 3.4.0,
|
||||
# and contains plugin loading commands for the new plugins added in that
|
||||
# release. It will not be overwritten during future SpamAssassin installs,
|
||||
# so you can modify it to enable some disabled-by-default plugins below,
|
||||
# if you so wish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# AskDNS - forms a DNS query based on 'tags' as supplied by other plugins
|
||||
#
|
||||
loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::AskDNS
|
||||
28
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v341.pre
Normal file
28
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v341.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was installed during the installation of SpamAssassin 3.4.1,
|
||||
# and contains plugin loading commands for the new plugins added in that
|
||||
# release. It will not be overwritten during future SpamAssassin installs,
|
||||
# so you can modify it to enable some disabled-by-default plugins below,
|
||||
# if you so wish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# TxRep - Reputation database that replaces AWL
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::TxRep
|
||||
|
||||
# URILocalBL - Provides ISP and Country code based filtering as well as
|
||||
# quick IP based blocks without a full RBL implementation - Bug 7060
|
||||
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::URILocalBL
|
||||
|
||||
# PDFInfo - Use several methods to detect a PDF file's ham/spam traits
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::PDFInfo
|
||||
36
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v342.pre
Normal file
36
etc-baloghs/spamassassin/v342.pre
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
|
||||
# tweaked.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file was installed during the installation of SpamAssassin 3.4.1,
|
||||
# and contains plugin loading commands for the new plugins added in that
|
||||
# release. It will not be overwritten during future SpamAssassin installs,
|
||||
# so you can modify it to enable some disabled-by-default plugins below,
|
||||
# if you so wish.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are now multiple files read to enable plugins in the
|
||||
# /etc/mail/spamassassin directory; previously only one, "init.pre" was
|
||||
# read. Now both "init.pre", "v310.pre", and any other files ending in
|
||||
# ".pre" will be read. As future releases are made, new plugins will be
|
||||
# added to new files, named according to the release they're added in.
|
||||
###########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# HashBL - Use EBL email blocklist
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::HashBL
|
||||
|
||||
# ResourceLimits - assure your spamd child processes
|
||||
# do not exceed specified CPU or memory limit
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::ResourceLimits
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# FromNameSpoof - help stop spam that tries to spoof other domains using
|
||||
# the from name
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::FromNameSpoof
|
||||
|
||||
# Phishing - finds uris used in phishing campaigns detected by
|
||||
# OpenPhish or PhishTank feeds.
|
||||
# loadplugin Mail::SpamAssassin::Plugin::Phishing
|
||||
|
||||
# allow URI rules to look at DKIM headers if they exist
|
||||
parse_dkim_uris 1
|
||||
19
etc-baloghs/spampd.conf
Normal file
19
etc-baloghs/spampd.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE: This config isn't used by default!
|
||||
# You need to enable its use in /etc/default/spampd
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this to set options for SpamAssassin you only want to have set
|
||||
# when actually running SpamAssassin from spampd. Below are a few examples
|
||||
# you might want to use. Remove the hashmark (#) in front of them to enable
|
||||
# them and edit them to meet your needs. Note that you might need to fix
|
||||
# path permissions to match your system.
|
||||
|
||||
#use_bayes 1
|
||||
#bayes_path /var/cache/spampd/bayes
|
||||
#auto_whitelist_path /var/cache/spampd/awl
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE: This config isn't used by default!
|
||||
# You need to enable its use in /etc/default/spampd
|
||||
#
|
||||
88
etc-baloghs/z-push/autodiscover.conf.php
Normal file
88
etc-baloghs/z-push/autodiscover.conf.php
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
/***********************************************
|
||||
* File : config.php
|
||||
* Project : Z-Push
|
||||
* Descr : Autodiscover configuration file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created : 30.07.2014
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007 - 2016 Zarafa Deutschland GmbH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3,
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Consult LICENSE file for details
|
||||
************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Default settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Replace zpush.example.com with your z-push's host name and uncomment the line below.
|
||||
define('ZPUSH_HOST', 'baloghs.de');
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the default time zone, change e.g. to "Europe/London" if necessary
|
||||
define('TIMEZONE', '');
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the base path on the server
|
||||
define('BASE_PATH', dirname($_SERVER['SCRIPT_FILENAME']). '/');
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Whether to use the complete email address as a login name
|
||||
* (e.g. user@company.com) or the username only (user).
|
||||
* Possible values:
|
||||
* false - use the username only (default).
|
||||
* true - use the complete email address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('USE_FULLEMAIL_FOR_LOGIN', false);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Logging settings
|
||||
* Possible LOGLEVEL and LOGUSERLEVEL values are:
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_OFF - no logging
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_FATAL - log only critical errors
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_ERROR - logs events which might require corrective actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN - might lead to an error or require corrective actions in the future
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_INFO - usually completed actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEBUG - debugging information, typically only meaningful to developers
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXML - also prints the WBXML sent to/from the device
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID - also prints the device id for every log entry
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXMLSTACK - also prints the contents of WBXML stack
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The verbosity increases from top to bottom. More verbose levels include less verbose
|
||||
* ones, e.g. setting to LOGLEVEL_DEBUG will also output LOGLEVEL_FATAL, LOGLEVEL_ERROR,
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN and LOGLEVEL_INFO level entries.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
define('LOGBACKEND', 'filelog');
|
||||
|
||||
define('LOGFILEDIR', '/var/log/z-push/');
|
||||
define('LOGFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'autodiscover.log');
|
||||
define('LOGERRORFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'autodiscover-error.log');
|
||||
define('LOGLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_WBXML);
|
||||
define('LOGUSERLEVEL', LOGLEVEL);
|
||||
$specialLogUsers = array();
|
||||
|
||||
// Syslog settings
|
||||
// false will log to local syslog, otherwise put the remote syslog IP here
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_HOST', false);
|
||||
// Syslog port
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PORT', 514);
|
||||
// Program showed in the syslog. Useful if you have more than one instance login to the same syslog
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PROGRAM', 'z-push-autodiscover');
|
||||
// Syslog facility - use LOG_USER when running on Windows
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_FACILITY', LOG_LOCAL0);
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Backend settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// the backend data provider
|
||||
define('BACKEND_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
88
etc-baloghs/z-push/autodiscover.conf.php.dist
Normal file
88
etc-baloghs/z-push/autodiscover.conf.php.dist
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
/***********************************************
|
||||
* File : config.php
|
||||
* Project : Z-Push
|
||||
* Descr : Autodiscover configuration file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created : 30.07.2014
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007 - 2016 Zarafa Deutschland GmbH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3,
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Consult LICENSE file for details
|
||||
************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Default settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Replace zpush.example.com with your z-push's host name and uncomment the line below.
|
||||
// define('ZPUSH_HOST', 'zpush.example.com');
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the default time zone, change e.g. to "Europe/London" if necessary
|
||||
define('TIMEZONE', '');
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the base path on the server
|
||||
define('BASE_PATH', dirname($_SERVER['SCRIPT_FILENAME']). '/');
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Whether to use the complete email address as a login name
|
||||
* (e.g. user@company.com) or the username only (user).
|
||||
* Possible values:
|
||||
* false - use the username only (default).
|
||||
* true - use the complete email address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('USE_FULLEMAIL_FOR_LOGIN', false);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Logging settings
|
||||
* Possible LOGLEVEL and LOGUSERLEVEL values are:
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_OFF - no logging
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_FATAL - log only critical errors
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_ERROR - logs events which might require corrective actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN - might lead to an error or require corrective actions in the future
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_INFO - usually completed actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEBUG - debugging information, typically only meaningful to developers
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXML - also prints the WBXML sent to/from the device
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID - also prints the device id for every log entry
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXMLSTACK - also prints the contents of WBXML stack
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The verbosity increases from top to bottom. More verbose levels include less verbose
|
||||
* ones, e.g. setting to LOGLEVEL_DEBUG will also output LOGLEVEL_FATAL, LOGLEVEL_ERROR,
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN and LOGLEVEL_INFO level entries.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
define('LOGBACKEND', 'filelog');
|
||||
|
||||
define('LOGFILEDIR', '/var/log/z-push/');
|
||||
define('LOGFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'autodiscover.log');
|
||||
define('LOGERRORFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'autodiscover-error.log');
|
||||
define('LOGLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_INFO);
|
||||
define('LOGUSERLEVEL', LOGLEVEL);
|
||||
$specialLogUsers = array();
|
||||
|
||||
// Syslog settings
|
||||
// false will log to local syslog, otherwise put the remote syslog IP here
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_HOST', false);
|
||||
// Syslog port
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PORT', 514);
|
||||
// Program showed in the syslog. Useful if you have more than one instance login to the same syslog
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PROGRAM', 'z-push-autodiscover');
|
||||
// Syslog facility - use LOG_USER when running on Windows
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_FACILITY', LOG_LOCAL0);
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Backend settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// the backend data provider
|
||||
define('BACKEND_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
86
etc-baloghs/z-push/gabsync.conf.php
Normal file
86
etc-baloghs/z-push/gabsync.conf.php
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
/***********************************************
|
||||
* File : config.php
|
||||
* Project : Z-Push - tools - GAB sync
|
||||
* Descr : Configuration file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created : 28.01.2016
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2016 Zarafa Deutschland GmbH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3,
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Consult LICENSE file for details
|
||||
* ************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// The field to be hashed that is unique and never changes
|
||||
// in the entire lifetime of the GAB entry.
|
||||
define('HASHFIELD', 'account');
|
||||
define('AMOUNT_OF_CHUNKS', 10);
|
||||
|
||||
// SyncWorker implementation to be used
|
||||
define('SYNCWORKER', 'Kopano');
|
||||
|
||||
// Unique id to find a contact from the GAB (value to be supplied by -u on the command line)
|
||||
// Zarafa supports: 'account' and 'smtpAddress' (email)
|
||||
define('UNIQUEID', 'account');
|
||||
|
||||
// Server connection settings
|
||||
// Depending on your setup, it might be advisable to change the lines below to one defined with your
|
||||
// default socket location.
|
||||
// Normally "default:" points to the default setting ("file:///var/run/kopano/server.sock")
|
||||
// Examples: define("SERVER", "default:");
|
||||
// define("SERVER", "http://localhost:236/kopano");
|
||||
// define("SERVER", "https://localhost:237/kopano");
|
||||
// define("SERVER", "file:///var/run/kopano/server.sock");
|
||||
// If you are using ZCP >= 7.2.0, set it to the zarafa location, e.g.
|
||||
// define("SERVER", "http://localhost:236/zarafa");
|
||||
// define("SERVER", "https://localhost:237/zarafa");
|
||||
// define("SERVER", "file:///var/run/zarafad/server.sock");
|
||||
// For ZCP versions prior to 7.2.0 the socket location is different (http(s) sockets are the same):
|
||||
// define("SERVER", "file:///var/run/zarafa");
|
||||
|
||||
define('SERVER', 'default:');
|
||||
|
||||
define('USERNAME', 'SYSTEM');
|
||||
define('PASSWORD', '');
|
||||
define('CERTIFICATE', null);
|
||||
define('CERTIFICATE_PASSWORD', null);
|
||||
|
||||
// Store where the hidden folder is located.
|
||||
// For the public folder, use SYSTEM
|
||||
// to use another store, use the same as USERNAME
|
||||
// or another store where USERNAME has full access to.
|
||||
define('HIDDEN_FOLDERSTORE', 'SYSTEM');
|
||||
|
||||
/// Do not change (unless you know exactly what you do)
|
||||
define('HIDDEN_FOLDERNAME', 'Z-Push-KOE-GAB');
|
||||
|
||||
// Types of the objects to sync to GAB.
|
||||
define('GAB_SYNC_USER', 1);
|
||||
define('GAB_SYNC_CONTACT', 2);
|
||||
define('GAB_SYNC_GROUP', 4);
|
||||
define('GAB_SYNC_ROOM', 8);
|
||||
define('GAB_SYNC_EQUIPMENT', 16);
|
||||
|
||||
define('GAB_SYNC_ALL', GAB_SYNC_USER | GAB_SYNC_CONTACT | GAB_SYNC_GROUP | GAB_SYNC_ROOM | GAB_SYNC_EQUIPMENT);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set which items from GAB should be synced.
|
||||
// Default value is GAB_SYNC_ALL which syncs all items.
|
||||
// In order to sync only some specific types combine them with "|", e.g.
|
||||
// to sync only users and groups use:
|
||||
// define('GAB_SYNC_TYPES', GAB_SYNC_USER | GAB_SYNC_CONTACT);
|
||||
// In order to exclude specific types combine "& ~TYPE", e.g.
|
||||
// to sync all types except rooms and equipments use:
|
||||
// define('GAB_SYNC_TYPES', GAB_SYNC_ALL & ~GAB_SYNC_ROOM & ~GAB_SYNC_EQUIPMENT);
|
||||
define('GAB_SYNC_TYPES', GAB_SYNC_ALL);
|
||||
83
etc-baloghs/z-push/kopano.conf.php
Normal file
83
etc-baloghs/z-push/kopano.conf.php
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
/***********************************************
|
||||
* File : config.php
|
||||
* Project : Z-Push
|
||||
* Descr : Kopano backend configuration file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created : 27.11.2012
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007 - 2016 Zarafa Deutschland GmbH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3,
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Consult LICENSE file for details
|
||||
************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// ************************
|
||||
// BackendKopano settings
|
||||
// ************************
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the server to which we want to connect.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Depending on your setup, it might be advisable to change the lines below to one defined with your
|
||||
// default socket location.
|
||||
// Normally "default:" points to the default setting ("file:///var/run/kopano/server.sock")
|
||||
// Examples: define("MAPI_SERVER", "default:");
|
||||
// define("MAPI_SERVER", "http://localhost:236/kopano");
|
||||
// define("MAPI_SERVER", "https://localhost:237/kopano");
|
||||
// define("MAPI_SERVER", "file:///var/run/kopano/server.sock");
|
||||
// If you are using ZCP >= 7.2.0, set it to the zarafa location, e.g.
|
||||
// define("MAPI_SERVER", "http://localhost:236/zarafa");
|
||||
// define("MAPI_SERVER", "https://localhost:237/zarafa");
|
||||
// define("MAPI_SERVER", "file:///var/run/zarafad/server.sock");
|
||||
// For ZCP versions prior to 7.2.0 the socket location is different (http(s) sockets are the same):
|
||||
// define("MAPI_SERVER", "file:///var/run/zarafa");
|
||||
|
||||
define('MAPI_SERVER', 'default:');
|
||||
|
||||
// Read-Only shared folders
|
||||
// When trying to write a change on a read-only folder this data is dropped and replaced on the device of the user.
|
||||
// Enabling the option below, sends an email to the user notifying that this happened (default enabled).
|
||||
// If this is disabled, the data will be dropped silently and will be lost.
|
||||
// The template of the email sent can be customized here. The placeholders can also be used in the subject.
|
||||
define('READ_ONLY_NOTIFY_LOST_DATA', true);
|
||||
// String to mark the data changed by the user (that he is trying to save)
|
||||
define('READ_ONLY_NOTIFY_YOURDATA', 'Your data');
|
||||
// Email template to be sent to the user
|
||||
define('READ_ONLY_NOTIFY_SUBJECT', "Z-Push: Writing operation not permitted - data reset");
|
||||
define('READ_ONLY_NOTIFY_BODY', <<<END
|
||||
Dear **USERFULLNAME**,
|
||||
|
||||
on **DATE** at **TIME** you've tried to save a data in the folder '**FOLDERNAME**' on your device '**MOBILETYPE**' ID: '**MOBILEDEVICEID**'.
|
||||
|
||||
This operation was not successful, as you lack write access to this folder.
|
||||
Your data has been dropped and replaced with the original data on your device to ensure data integrity.
|
||||
|
||||
Below is a copy of the data you tried to save. If you want your changes to be stored permanently you should forward this email to a person with write access to this folder asking to perform these changes again.
|
||||
**DIFFERENCES**
|
||||
|
||||
If you have questions about this email, please contact your e-mail administrator.
|
||||
|
||||
Sincerely,
|
||||
Your Z-Push system
|
||||
END
|
||||
);
|
||||
// Format of the **DATE** and **TIME** placeholders - more information on formats, see http://php.net/manual/en/function.strftime.php
|
||||
define('READ_ONLY_NOTIFY_DATE_FORMAT', "%d.%m.%Y");
|
||||
define('READ_ONLY_NOTIFY_TIME_FORMAT', "%H:%M:%S");
|
||||
|
||||
// Comma separated list of folder ids as string for which the notification emails of the changes in read-only folders shouldn't be sent.
|
||||
// E.g. define('READ_ONLY_NONOTIFY', '1, 2, 3, 4');
|
||||
// When configuring $additionalFolders it is possible to use DeviceManager::FLD_FLAGS_NOREADONLYNOTIFY in the flags bitmask
|
||||
// in order to prevent the notifications as well.
|
||||
define('READ_ONLY_NONOTIFY', '');
|
||||
234
etc-baloghs/z-push/policies.ini
Normal file
234
etc-baloghs/z-push/policies.ini
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
; About policies.ini ;
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
|
||||
; Z-Push policies' file holds the configuration to be applied
|
||||
; during the provisioning of a mobile device.
|
||||
; Check Z-Push wiki page regarding the provisioning policies:
|
||||
; https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/eYAa
|
||||
; For more information see the ActiveSync documentation at:
|
||||
; https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd299443.aspx
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
; The default ActiveSync policy. Do not change its name.
|
||||
[default]
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
; Policies for ActiveSync version 12.0 and higher
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if a device requires a password to unlock it.
|
||||
; 0 - Password not required.
|
||||
; 1 - Password is required.
|
||||
devpwenabled = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if a device requires an alphanumeric password to unlock it.
|
||||
; 0 - Alphanumeric password not required.
|
||||
; 1 - Alphanumeric password required.
|
||||
alphanumpwreq = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Deprecated. Specifies if the device encrypts the content of the storage card.
|
||||
; 0 - Storage card encryption not enabled.
|
||||
; 1 - Storage card encryption enabled.
|
||||
devencenabled = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the server supports storing a recovery password which could be
|
||||
; sent by the client using the Settings command.
|
||||
; This policy is currently not supported by Z-Push.
|
||||
; 0 - Password recovery not enabled on the server.
|
||||
; 1 - Password recovery enabled on the server.
|
||||
; pwrecoveryenabled = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Deprecated.
|
||||
docbrowseenabled =
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if email attachments are enabled for download.
|
||||
; 0 - Attachments not allowed for download.
|
||||
; 1 - Attachments allowed for download.
|
||||
attenabled = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies the minimum client password length to unlock it.
|
||||
; The mindevpwlenngth can be empty or have a value between 1 and 16.
|
||||
; If the value is empty or 1, there is no minimum length for the device password.
|
||||
mindevpwlenngth = 4
|
||||
|
||||
; The maximum number of seconds of inactivity before the device locks itself.
|
||||
; If this value is greater than or equal to 9999, the client interprets it as unlimited.
|
||||
maxinacttimedevlock = 900
|
||||
|
||||
; The maximum number of failed password attempts to unlock the device.
|
||||
; The client SHOULD perform a local wipe or enter a timed lock out mode if the maximum
|
||||
; number of failed password attempts is reached.
|
||||
; The maxdevpwfailedattempts can be empty or have a value between 4 and 16.
|
||||
; If the value is empty, the client interprets this as no maximum number of
|
||||
; failed password attempts has been set by the security policy.
|
||||
maxdevpwfailedattempts = 8
|
||||
|
||||
; The maximum attachment size in bytes as determined by security policy.
|
||||
maxattsize = ''
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the device allows simple passwords. A simple password contains
|
||||
; repeated ("0000") or sequential ("xyz") characters only.
|
||||
allowsimpledevpw = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The maximum number of days until a password expires.
|
||||
; Empty or 0 devpwexpiration value indicates that the password will not expire.
|
||||
devpwexpiration = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; The minimum number of previously used passwords stored to prevent reuse by the device.
|
||||
; 0 - Do not store previously used passwords.
|
||||
; >0 - Store the minimum number of previously used passwords.
|
||||
devpwhistory = 0
|
||||
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
; Policies for ActiveSync version 12.1 and higher
|
||||
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
|
||||
|
||||
; The device allows to use a storage card.
|
||||
; 0 - SD card not allowed.
|
||||
; 1 - SD card allowed.
|
||||
allowstoragecard = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The device allows to use the built-in camera.
|
||||
; 0 - Usage of the built-in camera not allowed.
|
||||
; 1 - Usage of built-in the camera allowed.
|
||||
allowcam = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the client uses encryption.
|
||||
; 0 - Encryption not required.
|
||||
; 1 - Encryption required.
|
||||
reqdevenc = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the device allows unsigned applications to execute.
|
||||
; 0 - Unsigned applications not allowed to execute.
|
||||
; 1 - Unsigned applications allowed to execute.
|
||||
allowunsignedapps = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The required complexity level of the device password.
|
||||
; Valid values for mindevcomplexchars are between 1 and 4. The value specifies
|
||||
; the number of character groups to be contained in the password.
|
||||
; The character groups are:
|
||||
; - Lower case alphabetical characters
|
||||
; - Upper case alphabetical characters
|
||||
; - Numbers
|
||||
; - Non-alphanumeric characters
|
||||
; For example, if the value of mindevcomplexchars is 2, a password may contain
|
||||
; lower case and upper case characters. A password with numbers and non-alphanumeric
|
||||
; characters would be also valid.
|
||||
mindevcomplexchars = 3
|
||||
|
||||
; The device allows the use of Wi-Fi connections.
|
||||
; 0 - The use of Wi-Fi connections not allowed.
|
||||
; 1 - The use of Wi-Fi connections allowed.
|
||||
allowwifi = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The device allows the use of SMS or text messaging.
|
||||
; 0 - SMS or text messaging not allowed.
|
||||
; 1 - SMS or text messaging allowed.
|
||||
allowtextmessaging = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The device allows access to POP or IMAP email.
|
||||
; 0 - POP or IMAP email access not allowed.
|
||||
; 1 - POP or IMAP email access allowed.
|
||||
allowpopimapemail = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The use of Bluetooth on the device.
|
||||
; 0 - Disable Bluetooth.
|
||||
; 1 - Disable Bluetooth, but allow the configuration of hands-free profiles.
|
||||
; 2 - Allow Bluetooth.
|
||||
allowbluetooth = 2
|
||||
|
||||
; The device allows the use of IrDA (infrared) connections.
|
||||
; 0 - Disable IrDA.
|
||||
; 1 - Allow IrDA.
|
||||
allowirda = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The device requires manual synchronization when the device is roaming.
|
||||
; 0 - Do not require manual sync; allow direct push when roaming.
|
||||
; 1 - Require manual sync when roaming.
|
||||
reqmansyncroam = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; The maximum number of calendar days that can be synchronized.
|
||||
; 0 - All days
|
||||
; 4 - 2 weeks
|
||||
; 5 - 1 month
|
||||
; 6 - 3 months
|
||||
; 7 - 6 months
|
||||
maxcalagefilter = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the client uses HTML-formatted email.
|
||||
; 0 - HTML-formatted email not allowed.
|
||||
; 1 - HTML-formatted email allowed.
|
||||
allowhtmlemail = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; The email age limit for synchronization.
|
||||
; 0 - Sync all
|
||||
; 1 - 1 day
|
||||
; 2 - 3 days
|
||||
; 3 - 1 week
|
||||
; 4 - 2 weeks
|
||||
; 5 - 1 month
|
||||
maxemailagefilter = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; The maximum truncation size for plain text–formatted email.
|
||||
; -1 - No truncation.
|
||||
; 0 - Truncate only the header.
|
||||
; >0 - Truncate the email body to the specified size.
|
||||
maxemailbodytruncsize = -1
|
||||
|
||||
; The maximum truncation size for HTML-formatted email.
|
||||
; -1 - No truncation.
|
||||
; 0 - Truncate only the header.
|
||||
; >0 - Truncate the email body to the specified size.
|
||||
maxemailhtmlbodytruncsize = -1
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the client sends signed S/MIME messages.
|
||||
; 0 - Signed S/MIME messages not required.
|
||||
; 1 - Signed S/MIME messages required.
|
||||
reqsignedsmimemessages = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the client sends encrypted email messages.
|
||||
; 0 - Encrypted email messages not required.
|
||||
; 1 - Email messages required to be encrypted.
|
||||
reqencsmimemessages = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; The algorithm used to sign S/MIME messages.
|
||||
; 0 - Use SHA1.
|
||||
; 1 - Use MD5.
|
||||
reqsignedsmimealgorithm = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; The algorithm used to encrypt S/MIME messages.
|
||||
; 0 - TripleDES algorithm
|
||||
; 1 - DES algorithm
|
||||
; 2 - RC2128bit
|
||||
; 3 - RC264bit
|
||||
; 4 - RC240bit
|
||||
reqencsmimealgorithm = 0
|
||||
|
||||
; Controls negotiation of the encryption algorithm.
|
||||
; 0 - Do not negotiate.
|
||||
; 1 - Negotiate a strong algorithm.
|
||||
; 2 - Negotiate any algorithm.
|
||||
allowsmimeencalgneg = 2
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the client can use soft certificates to sign outgoing messages.
|
||||
; 0 - Soft certificates are not allowed.
|
||||
; 1 - Soft certificates are allowed.
|
||||
allowsmimesoftcerts = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the device allows the use of a web browser.
|
||||
; 0 - Do not allow the use of a web browser.
|
||||
; 1 - Allow the use of a web browser.
|
||||
allowbrowser = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the device allows the user to configure a personal email account.
|
||||
; 0 - Do not allow the user to configure a personal email account.
|
||||
; 1 - Allow the user to configure a personal email account.
|
||||
allowconsumeremail = 1
|
||||
|
||||
; Specifies if the device allows the use of Internet Sharing.
|
||||
; 0 - Do not allow the use of Internet Sharing.
|
||||
; 1 - Allow the use of Internet Sharing.
|
||||
allowinternetsharing = 1
|
||||
373
etc-baloghs/z-push/z-push.conf.php
Normal file
373
etc-baloghs/z-push/z-push.conf.php
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
/***********************************************
|
||||
* File : config.php
|
||||
* Project : Z-Push
|
||||
* Descr : Main configuration file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created : 01.10.2007
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007 - 2016 Zarafa Deutschland GmbH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3,
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Consult LICENSE file for details
|
||||
************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Default settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Defines the default time zone, change e.g. to "Europe/London" if necessary
|
||||
define('TIMEZONE', '');
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the base path on the server
|
||||
define('BASE_PATH', dirname($_SERVER['SCRIPT_FILENAME']). '/');
|
||||
|
||||
// Try to set unlimited timeout
|
||||
define('SCRIPT_TIMEOUT', 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// When accessing through a proxy, the "X-Forwarded-For" header contains the original remote IP
|
||||
define('USE_CUSTOM_REMOTE_IP_HEADER', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// When using client certificates, we can check if the login sent matches the owner of the certificate.
|
||||
// This setting specifies the owner parameter in the certificate to look at.
|
||||
define("CERTIFICATE_OWNER_PARAMETER", "SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_CN");
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Whether to use the complete email address as a login name
|
||||
* (e.g. user@company.com) or the username only (user).
|
||||
* This is required for Z-Push to work properly after autodiscover.
|
||||
* Possible values:
|
||||
* false - use the username only.
|
||||
* true - string the mobile sends as username, e.g. full email address (default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('USE_FULLEMAIL_FOR_LOGIN', false);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* StateMachine setting
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These StateMachines can be used:
|
||||
* FILE - FileStateMachine (default). Needs STATE_DIR set as well.
|
||||
* SQL - SqlStateMachine has own configuration file. STATE_DIR is ignored.
|
||||
* State migration script is available, more informations: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/xIAa
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('STATE_MACHINE', 'FILE');
|
||||
define('STATE_DIR', '/var/lib/z-push/');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* IPC - InterProcessCommunication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Is either provided by using shared memory on a single host or
|
||||
* using the memcache provider for multi-host environments.
|
||||
* When another implementation should be used, the class can be set here explicitly.
|
||||
* If empty Z-Push will try to use available providers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('IPC_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Logging settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The LOGBACKEND specifies where the logs are sent to.
|
||||
* Either to file ("filelog") or to a "syslog" server or a custom log class in core/log/logclass.
|
||||
* filelog and syslog have several options that can be set below.
|
||||
* For more information about the syslog configuration, see https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/HIAT
|
||||
|
||||
* Possible LOGLEVEL and LOGUSERLEVEL values are:
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_OFF - no logging
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_FATAL - log only critical errors
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_ERROR - logs events which might require corrective actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN - might lead to an error or require corrective actions in the future
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_INFO - usually completed actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEBUG - debugging information, typically only meaningful to developers
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXML - also prints the WBXML sent to/from the device
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID - also prints the device id for every log entry
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXMLSTACK - also prints the contents of WBXML stack
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The verbosity increases from top to bottom. More verbose levels include less verbose
|
||||
* ones, e.g. setting to LOGLEVEL_DEBUG will also output LOGLEVEL_FATAL, LOGLEVEL_ERROR,
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN and LOGLEVEL_INFO level entries.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LOGAUTHFAIL is logged to the LOGBACKEND.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('LOGBACKEND', 'filelog');
|
||||
define('LOGLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_INFO);
|
||||
define('LOGAUTHFAIL', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// To save e.g. WBXML data only for selected users, add the usernames to the array
|
||||
// The data will be saved into a dedicated file per user in the LOGFILEDIR
|
||||
// Users have to be encapusulated in quotes, several users are comma separated, like:
|
||||
// $specialLogUsers = array('info@domain.com', 'myusername');
|
||||
define('LOGUSERLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID);
|
||||
$specialLogUsers = array('andreas',);
|
||||
|
||||
// Filelog settings
|
||||
define('LOGFILEDIR', '/var/log/z-push/');
|
||||
define('LOGFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'z-push.log');
|
||||
define('LOGERRORFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'z-push-error.log');
|
||||
|
||||
// Syslog settings
|
||||
// false will log to local syslog, otherwise put the remote syslog IP here
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_HOST', false);
|
||||
// Syslog port
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PORT', 514);
|
||||
// Program showed in the syslog. Useful if you have more than one instance login to the same syslog
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PROGRAM', 'z-push');
|
||||
// Syslog facility - use LOG_USER when running on Windows
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_FACILITY', LOG_LOCAL0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Location of the trusted CA, e.g. '/etc/ssl/certs/EmailCA.pem'
|
||||
// Uncomment and modify the following line if the validation of the certificates fails.
|
||||
// define('CAINFO', '/etc/ssl/certs/EmailCA.pem');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Mobile settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Device Provisioning
|
||||
define('PROVISIONING', true);
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows the 'loose enforcement' of the provisioning policies for older
|
||||
// devices which don't support provisioning (like WM 5 and HTC Android Mail) - dw2412 contribution
|
||||
// false (default) - Enforce provisioning for all devices
|
||||
// true - allow older devices, but enforce policies on devices which support it
|
||||
define('LOOSE_PROVISIONING', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The file containing the policies' settings.
|
||||
// Set a full path or relative to the z-push main directory
|
||||
define('PROVISIONING_POLICYFILE', 'policies.ini');
|
||||
|
||||
// Default conflict preference
|
||||
// Some devices allow to set if the server or PIM (mobile)
|
||||
// should win in case of a synchronization conflict
|
||||
// SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_SERVER - Server is overwritten, PIM wins
|
||||
// SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_PIM - PIM is overwritten, Server wins (default)
|
||||
define('SYNC_CONFLICT_DEFAULT', SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_PIM);
|
||||
|
||||
// Global limitation of items to be synchronized
|
||||
// The mobile can define a sync back period for calendar and email items
|
||||
// For large stores with many items the time period could be limited to a max value
|
||||
// If the mobile transmits a wider time period, the defined max value is used
|
||||
// Applicable values:
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_ALL (default, no limitation)
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1DAY, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_3DAYS, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1WEEK, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_2WEEKS,
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1MONTH, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_3MONTHS, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_6MONTHS
|
||||
define('SYNC_FILTERTIME_MAX', SYNC_FILTERTYPE_ALL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Interval in seconds before checking if there are changes on the server when in Ping.
|
||||
// It means the highest time span before a change is pushed to a mobile. Set it to
|
||||
// a higher value if you have a high load on the server.
|
||||
define('PING_INTERVAL', 30);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the fileas (save as) order for contacts in the webaccess/webapp/outlook.
|
||||
// It will only affect new/modified contacts on the mobile which then are synced to the server.
|
||||
// Possible values are:
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTLAST - fileas will be "Firstname Middlename Lastname"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST - fileas will be "Lastname, Firstname Middlename"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYONLY - fileas will be "Company"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYLAST - fileas will be "Company (Lastname, Firstname Middlename)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYFIRST - fileas will be "Company (Firstname Middlename Lastname)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTCOMPANY - fileas will be "Lastname, Firstname Middlename (Company)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTCOMPANY - fileas will be "Firstname Middlename Lastname (Company)"
|
||||
// The company-fileas will only be set if a contact has a company set. If one of
|
||||
// company-fileas is selected and a contact doesn't have a company set, it will default
|
||||
// to SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTLAST or SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST (depending on if last or first
|
||||
// option is selected for company).
|
||||
// If SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYONLY is selected and company of the contact is not set
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST will be used
|
||||
define('FILEAS_ORDER', SYNC_FILEAS_LASTCOMPANY);
|
||||
|
||||
// Maximum amount of items to be synchronized per request.
|
||||
// Normally this value is requested by the mobile. Common values are 5, 25, 50 or 100.
|
||||
// Exporting too much items can cause mobile timeout on busy systems.
|
||||
// Z-Push will use the lowest provided value, either set here or by the mobile.
|
||||
// MS Outlook 2013+ request up to 512 items to accelerate the sync process.
|
||||
// If you detect high load (also on subsystems) you could try a lower setting.
|
||||
// max: 512 - value used if mobile does not limit amount of items
|
||||
define('SYNC_MAX_ITEMS', 512);
|
||||
|
||||
// The devices usually send a list of supported properties for calendar and contact
|
||||
// items. If a device does not includes such a supported property in Sync request,
|
||||
// it means the property's value will be deleted on the server.
|
||||
// However some devices do not send a list of supported properties. It is then impossible
|
||||
// to tell if a property was deleted or it was not set at all if it does not appear in Sync.
|
||||
// This parameter defines Z-Push behaviour during Sync if a device does not issue a list with
|
||||
// supported properties.
|
||||
// See also https://jira.z-hub.io/browse/ZP-302.
|
||||
// Possible values:
|
||||
// false - do not unset properties which are not sent during Sync (default)
|
||||
// true - unset properties which are not sent during Sync
|
||||
define('UNSET_UNDEFINED_PROPERTIES', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// ActiveSync specifies that a contact photo may not exceed 48 KB. This value is checked
|
||||
// in the semantic sanity checks and contacts with larger photos are not synchronized.
|
||||
// This limitation is not being followed by the ActiveSync clients which set much bigger
|
||||
// contact photos. You can override the default value of the max photo size.
|
||||
// default: 5242880 - 5 MB default max photo size in bytes
|
||||
define('SYNC_CONTACTS_MAXPICTURESIZE', 5242880);
|
||||
|
||||
// Over the WebserviceUsers command it is possible to retrieve a list of all
|
||||
// known devices and users on this Z-Push system. The authenticated user needs to have
|
||||
// admin rights and a public folder must exist.
|
||||
// In multicompany environments this enable an admin user of any company to retrieve
|
||||
// this full list, so this feature is disabled by default. Enable with care.
|
||||
define('ALLOW_WEBSERVICE_USERS_ACCESS', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Users with many folders can use the 'partial foldersync' feature, where the server
|
||||
// actively stops processing the folder list if it takes too long. Other requests are
|
||||
// then redirected to the FolderSync to synchronize the remaining items.
|
||||
// Device compatibility for this procedure is not fully understood.
|
||||
// NOTE: THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL FEATURE WHICH COULD PREVENT YOUR MOBILES FROM SYNCHRONIZING.
|
||||
define('USE_PARTIAL_FOLDERSYNC', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum accepted time in second that a ping command should last.
|
||||
// It is strongly advised to keep this config to false. Some device
|
||||
// might not be able to send a higher value than the one specificied here and thus
|
||||
// unable to start a push connection.
|
||||
// If set to false, there will be no lower bound to the ping lifetime.
|
||||
// The minimum accepted value is 1 second. The maximum accepted value is 3540 seconds (59 minutes).
|
||||
define('PING_LOWER_BOUND_LIFETIME', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The maximum accepted time in second that a ping command should last.
|
||||
// If set to false, there will be no higher bound to the ping lifetime.
|
||||
// The minimum accepted value is 1 second. The maximum accepted value is 3540 seconds (59 minutes).
|
||||
define('PING_HIGHER_BOUND_LIFETIME', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Maximum response time
|
||||
// Mobiles implement different timeouts to their TCP/IP connections. Android devices for example
|
||||
// have a hard timeout of 30 seconds. If the server is not able to answer a request within this timeframe,
|
||||
// the answer will not be recieved and the device will send a new one overloading the server.
|
||||
// There are three categories
|
||||
// - Short timeout - server has up within 30 seconds - is automatically applied for not categorized types
|
||||
// - Medium timeout - server has up to 90 seconds to respond
|
||||
// - Long timeout - server has up to 4 minutes to respond
|
||||
// If a timeout is almost reached the server will break and sent the results it has until this
|
||||
// point. You can add DeviceType strings to the categories.
|
||||
// In general longer timeouts are better, because more data can be streamed at once.
|
||||
define('SYNC_TIMEOUT_MEDIUM_DEVICETYPES', "SAMSUNGGTI");
|
||||
define('SYNC_TIMEOUT_LONG_DEVICETYPES', "iPod, iPad, iPhone, WP, WindowsOutlook, WindowsMail");
|
||||
|
||||
// Time in seconds the device should wait whenever the service is unavailable,
|
||||
// e.g. when a backend service is unavailable.
|
||||
// Z-Push sends a "Retry-After" header in the response with the here defined value.
|
||||
// It is up to the device to respect or not this directive so even if this option is set,
|
||||
// the device might not wait requested time frame.
|
||||
// Number of seconds before retry, to disable set to: false
|
||||
define('RETRY_AFTER_DELAY', 300);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Backend settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// the backend data provider
|
||||
define('BACKEND_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Search provider settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Alternative backend to perform SEARCH requests (GAL search)
|
||||
* By default the main Backend defines the preferred search functionality.
|
||||
* If set, the Search Provider will always be preferred.
|
||||
* Use 'BackendSearchLDAP' to search in a LDAP directory (see backend/searchldap/config.php)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('SEARCH_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
// Time in seconds for the server search. Setting it too high might result in timeout.
|
||||
// Setting it too low might not return all results. Default is 10.
|
||||
define('SEARCH_WAIT', 10);
|
||||
// The maximum number of results to send to the client. Setting it too high
|
||||
// might result in timeout. Default is 10.
|
||||
define('SEARCH_MAXRESULTS', 10);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Kopano Outlook Extension - Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Kopano Outlook Extension (KOE) provides MS Outlook 2013 and newer with
|
||||
* functionality not provided by ActiveSync or not implemented by Outlook.
|
||||
* For more information, see: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/z4Aa
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Global Address Book functionality
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_GAB', true);
|
||||
// Synchronize mail flags from the server to Outlook/KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_RECEIVEFLAGS', true);
|
||||
// Encode flags when sending from Outlook/KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SENDFLAGS', true);
|
||||
// Out-of-office support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_OOF', true);
|
||||
// Out-of-office support with start & end times (superseeds KOE_CAPABILITY_OOF)
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_OOFTIMES', true);
|
||||
// Notes support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_NOTES', true);
|
||||
// Shared folder support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SHAREDFOLDER', true);
|
||||
// Send-As support for Outlook/KOE and mobiles
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SENDAS', true);
|
||||
// Secondary Contact folders (own and shared)
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SECONDARYCONTACTS', true);
|
||||
// Copy WebApp signature into KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES', true);
|
||||
|
||||
// To synchronize the GAB KOE, the GAB store and folderid need to be specified.
|
||||
// Use the gab-sync script to generate this data. The name needs to
|
||||
// match the config of the gab-sync script.
|
||||
// More information here: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/z4Aa (GAB Sync Script)
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_STORE', 'SYSTEM');
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_FOLDERID', '');
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_NAME', 'Z-Push-KOE-GAB');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Synchronize additional folders to all mobiles
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this feature, special folders can be synchronized to all mobiles.
|
||||
* This is useful for e.g. global company contacts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is supported only by certain devices, like iPhones.
|
||||
* Check the compatibility list for supported devices:
|
||||
* http://z-push.org/compatibility
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To synchronize a folder, add a section setting all parameters as below:
|
||||
* store: the ressource where the folder is located.
|
||||
* Kopano users use 'SYSTEM' for the 'Public Folder'
|
||||
* folderid: folder id of the folder to be synchronized
|
||||
* name: name to be displayed on the mobile device
|
||||
* type: supported types are:
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_CONTACT
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_APPOINTMENT
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_TASK
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_MAIL
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_NOTE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Additional notes:
|
||||
* - on Kopano systems use backend/kopano/listfolders.php script to get a list
|
||||
* of available folders
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - all Z-Push users must have at least reading permissions so the configured
|
||||
* folders can be synchronized to the mobile. Else they are ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - this feature is only partly suitable for multi-tenancy environments,
|
||||
* as ALL users from ALL tenents need access to the configured store & folder.
|
||||
* When configuring a public folder, this will cause problems, as each user has
|
||||
* a different public folder in his tenant, so the folder are not available.
|
||||
|
||||
* - changing this configuration could cause HIGH LOAD on the system, as all
|
||||
* connected devices will be updated and load the data contained in the
|
||||
* added/modified folders.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
$additionalFolders = array(
|
||||
// demo entry for the synchronization of contacts from the public folder.
|
||||
// uncomment (remove '/*' '*/') and fill in the folderid
|
||||
/*
|
||||
array(
|
||||
'store' => "SYSTEM",
|
||||
'folderid' => "",
|
||||
'name' => "Public Contacts",
|
||||
'type' => SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_CONTACT,
|
||||
),
|
||||
*/
|
||||
);
|
||||
375
etc-baloghs/z-push/z-push.conf.php.dist
Normal file
375
etc-baloghs/z-push/z-push.conf.php.dist
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
/***********************************************
|
||||
* File : config.php
|
||||
* Project : Z-Push
|
||||
* Descr : Main configuration file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created : 01.10.2007
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007 - 2016 Zarafa Deutschland GmbH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3,
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Consult LICENSE file for details
|
||||
************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Default settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Defines the default time zone, change e.g. to "Europe/London" if necessary
|
||||
define('TIMEZONE', '');
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the base path on the server
|
||||
define('BASE_PATH', dirname($_SERVER['SCRIPT_FILENAME']). '/');
|
||||
|
||||
// Try to set unlimited timeout
|
||||
define('SCRIPT_TIMEOUT', 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// When accessing through a proxy, the "X-Forwarded-For" header contains the original remote IP
|
||||
define('USE_X_FORWARDED_FOR_HEADER', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// When using client certificates, we can check if the login sent matches the owner of the certificate.
|
||||
// This setting specifies the owner parameter in the certificate to look at.
|
||||
define("CERTIFICATE_OWNER_PARAMETER", "SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_CN");
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Whether to use the complete email address as a login name
|
||||
* (e.g. user@company.com) or the username only (user).
|
||||
* This is required for Z-Push to work properly after autodiscover.
|
||||
* Possible values:
|
||||
* false - use the username only.
|
||||
* true - string the mobile sends as username, e.g. full email address (default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('USE_FULLEMAIL_FOR_LOGIN', true);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* StateMachine setting
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These StateMachines can be used:
|
||||
* FILE - FileStateMachine (default). Needs STATE_DIR set as well.
|
||||
* SQL - SqlStateMachine has own configuration file. STATE_DIR is ignored.
|
||||
* State migration script is available, more informations: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/xIAa
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('STATE_MACHINE', 'FILE');
|
||||
define('STATE_DIR', '/var/lib/z-push/');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* IPC - InterProcessCommunication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Is either provided by using shared memory on a single host or
|
||||
* using the memcache provider for multi-host environments.
|
||||
* When another implementation should be used, the class can be set here explicitly.
|
||||
* If empty Z-Push will try to use available providers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('IPC_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Logging settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The LOGBACKEND specifies where the logs are sent to.
|
||||
* Either to file ("filelog") or to a "syslog" server or a custom log class in core/log/logclass.
|
||||
* filelog and syslog have several options that can be set below.
|
||||
* For more information about the syslog configuration, see https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/HIAT
|
||||
|
||||
* Possible LOGLEVEL and LOGUSERLEVEL values are:
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_OFF - no logging
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_FATAL - log only critical errors
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_ERROR - logs events which might require corrective actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN - might lead to an error or require corrective actions in the future
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_INFO - usually completed actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEBUG - debugging information, typically only meaningful to developers
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXML - also prints the WBXML sent to/from the device
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID - also prints the device id for every log entry
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXMLSTACK - also prints the contents of WBXML stack
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The verbosity increases from top to bottom. More verbose levels include less verbose
|
||||
* ones, e.g. setting to LOGLEVEL_DEBUG will also output LOGLEVEL_FATAL, LOGLEVEL_ERROR,
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN and LOGLEVEL_INFO level entries.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LOGAUTHFAIL is logged to the LOGBACKEND.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('LOGBACKEND', 'filelog');
|
||||
define('LOGLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_INFO);
|
||||
define('LOGAUTHFAIL', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// To save e.g. WBXML data only for selected users, add the usernames to the array
|
||||
// The data will be saved into a dedicated file per user in the LOGFILEDIR
|
||||
// Users have to be encapusulated in quotes, several users are comma separated, like:
|
||||
// $specialLogUsers = array('info@domain.com', 'myusername');
|
||||
define('LOGUSERLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID);
|
||||
$specialLogUsers = array();
|
||||
|
||||
// Filelog settings
|
||||
define('LOGFILEDIR', '/var/log/z-push/');
|
||||
define('LOGFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'z-push.log');
|
||||
define('LOGERRORFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'z-push-error.log');
|
||||
|
||||
// Syslog settings
|
||||
// false will log to local syslog, otherwise put the remote syslog IP here
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_HOST', false);
|
||||
// Syslog port
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PORT', 514);
|
||||
// Program showed in the syslog. Useful if you have more than one instance login to the same syslog
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PROGRAM', 'z-push');
|
||||
// Syslog facility - use LOG_USER when running on Windows
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_FACILITY', LOG_LOCAL0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Location of the trusted CA, e.g. '/etc/ssl/certs/EmailCA.pem'
|
||||
// Uncomment and modify the following line if the validation of the certificates fails.
|
||||
// define('CAINFO', '/etc/ssl/certs/EmailCA.pem');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Mobile settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Device Provisioning
|
||||
define('PROVISIONING', true);
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows the 'loose enforcement' of the provisioning policies for older
|
||||
// devices which don't support provisioning (like WM 5 and HTC Android Mail) - dw2412 contribution
|
||||
// false (default) - Enforce provisioning for all devices
|
||||
// true - allow older devices, but enforce policies on devices which support it
|
||||
define('LOOSE_PROVISIONING', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The file containing the policies' settings.
|
||||
// Set a full path or relative to the z-push main directory
|
||||
define('PROVISIONING_POLICYFILE', 'policies.ini');
|
||||
|
||||
// Default conflict preference
|
||||
// Some devices allow to set if the server or PIM (mobile)
|
||||
// should win in case of a synchronization conflict
|
||||
// SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_SERVER - Server is overwritten, PIM wins
|
||||
// SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_PIM - PIM is overwritten, Server wins (default)
|
||||
define('SYNC_CONFLICT_DEFAULT', SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_PIM);
|
||||
|
||||
// Global limitation of items to be synchronized
|
||||
// The mobile can define a sync back period for calendar and email items
|
||||
// For large stores with many items the time period could be limited to a max value
|
||||
// If the mobile transmits a wider time period, the defined max value is used
|
||||
// Applicable values:
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_ALL (default, no limitation)
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1DAY, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_3DAYS, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1WEEK, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_2WEEKS,
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1MONTH, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_3MONTHS, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_6MONTHS
|
||||
define('SYNC_FILTERTIME_MAX', SYNC_FILTERTYPE_ALL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Interval in seconds before checking if there are changes on the server when in Ping.
|
||||
// It means the highest time span before a change is pushed to a mobile. Set it to
|
||||
// a higher value if you have a high load on the server.
|
||||
define('PING_INTERVAL', 30);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the fileas (save as) order for contacts in the webaccess/webapp/outlook.
|
||||
// It will only affect new/modified contacts on the mobile which then are synced to the server.
|
||||
// Possible values are:
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTLAST - fileas will be "Firstname Middlename Lastname"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST - fileas will be "Lastname, Firstname Middlename"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYONLY - fileas will be "Company"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYLAST - fileas will be "Company (Lastname, Firstname Middlename)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYFIRST - fileas will be "Company (Firstname Middlename Lastname)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTCOMPANY - fileas will be "Lastname, Firstname Middlename (Company)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTCOMPANY - fileas will be "Firstname Middlename Lastname (Company)"
|
||||
// The company-fileas will only be set if a contact has a company set. If one of
|
||||
// company-fileas is selected and a contact doesn't have a company set, it will default
|
||||
// to SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTLAST or SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST (depending on if last or first
|
||||
// option is selected for company).
|
||||
// If SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYONLY is selected and company of the contact is not set
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST will be used
|
||||
define('FILEAS_ORDER', SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST);
|
||||
|
||||
// Maximum amount of items to be synchronized per request.
|
||||
// Normally this value is requested by the mobile. Common values are 5, 25, 50 or 100.
|
||||
// Exporting too much items can cause mobile timeout on busy systems.
|
||||
// Z-Push will use the lowest provided value, either set here or by the mobile.
|
||||
// MS Outlook 2013+ request up to 512 items to accelerate the sync process.
|
||||
// If you detect high load (also on subsystems) you could try a lower setting.
|
||||
// max: 512 - value used if mobile does not limit amount of items
|
||||
define('SYNC_MAX_ITEMS', 512);
|
||||
|
||||
// The devices usually send a list of supported properties for calendar and contact
|
||||
// items. If a device does not includes such a supported property in Sync request,
|
||||
// it means the property's value will be deleted on the server.
|
||||
// However some devices do not send a list of supported properties. It is then impossible
|
||||
// to tell if a property was deleted or it was not set at all if it does not appear in Sync.
|
||||
// This parameter defines Z-Push behaviour during Sync if a device does not issue a list with
|
||||
// supported properties.
|
||||
// See also https://jira.z-hub.io/browse/ZP-302.
|
||||
// Possible values:
|
||||
// false - do not unset properties which are not sent during Sync (default)
|
||||
// true - unset properties which are not sent during Sync
|
||||
define('UNSET_UNDEFINED_PROPERTIES', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// ActiveSync specifies that a contact photo may not exceed 48 KB. This value is checked
|
||||
// in the semantic sanity checks and contacts with larger photos are not synchronized.
|
||||
// This limitation is not being followed by the ActiveSync clients which set much bigger
|
||||
// contact photos. You can override the default value of the max photo size.
|
||||
// default: 5242880 - 5 MB default max photo size in bytes
|
||||
define('SYNC_CONTACTS_MAXPICTURESIZE', 5242880);
|
||||
|
||||
// Over the WebserviceUsers command it is possible to retrieve a list of all
|
||||
// known devices and users on this Z-Push system. The authenticated user needs to have
|
||||
// admin rights and a public folder must exist.
|
||||
// In multicompany environments this enable an admin user of any company to retrieve
|
||||
// this full list, so this feature is disabled by default. Enable with care.
|
||||
define('ALLOW_WEBSERVICE_USERS_ACCESS', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Users with many folders can use the 'partial foldersync' feature, where the server
|
||||
// actively stops processing the folder list if it takes too long. Other requests are
|
||||
// then redirected to the FolderSync to synchronize the remaining items.
|
||||
// Device compatibility for this procedure is not fully understood.
|
||||
// NOTE: THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL FEATURE WHICH COULD PREVENT YOUR MOBILES FROM SYNCHRONIZING.
|
||||
define('USE_PARTIAL_FOLDERSYNC', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum accepted time in second that a ping command should last.
|
||||
// It is strongly advised to keep this config to false. Some device
|
||||
// might not be able to send a higher value than the one specificied here and thus
|
||||
// unable to start a push connection.
|
||||
// If set to false, there will be no lower bound to the ping lifetime.
|
||||
// The minimum accepted value is 1 second. The maximum accepted value is 3540 seconds (59 minutes).
|
||||
define('PING_LOWER_BOUND_LIFETIME', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The maximum accepted time in second that a ping command should last.
|
||||
// If set to false, there will be no higher bound to the ping lifetime.
|
||||
// The minimum accepted value is 1 second. The maximum accepted value is 3540 seconds (59 minutes).
|
||||
define('PING_HIGHER_BOUND_LIFETIME', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Maximum response time
|
||||
// Mobiles implement different timeouts to their TCP/IP connections. Android devices for example
|
||||
// have a hard timeout of 30 seconds. If the server is not able to answer a request within this timeframe,
|
||||
// the answer will not be recieved and the device will send a new one overloading the server.
|
||||
// There are three categories
|
||||
// - Short timeout - server has up within 30 seconds - is automatically applied for not categorized types
|
||||
// - Medium timeout - server has up to 90 seconds to respond
|
||||
// - Long timeout - server has up to 4 minutes to respond
|
||||
// If a timeout is almost reached the server will break and sent the results it has until this
|
||||
// point. You can add DeviceType strings to the categories.
|
||||
// In general longer timeouts are better, because more data can be streamed at once.
|
||||
define('SYNC_TIMEOUT_MEDIUM_DEVICETYPES', "SAMSUNGGTI");
|
||||
define('SYNC_TIMEOUT_LONG_DEVICETYPES', "iPod, iPad, iPhone, WP, WindowsOutlook, WindowsMail");
|
||||
|
||||
// Time in seconds the device should wait whenever the service is unavailable,
|
||||
// e.g. when a backend service is unavailable.
|
||||
// Z-Push sends a "Retry-After" header in the response with the here defined value.
|
||||
// It is up to the device to respect or not this directive so even if this option is set,
|
||||
// the device might not wait requested time frame.
|
||||
// Number of seconds before retry, to disable set to: false
|
||||
define('RETRY_AFTER_DELAY', 300);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Backend settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// the backend data provider
|
||||
define('BACKEND_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Search provider settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Alternative backend to perform SEARCH requests (GAL search)
|
||||
* By default the main Backend defines the preferred search functionality.
|
||||
* If set, the Search Provider will always be preferred.
|
||||
* Use 'BackendSearchLDAP' to search in a LDAP directory (see backend/searchldap/config.php)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('SEARCH_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
// Time in seconds for the server search. Setting it too high might result in timeout.
|
||||
// Setting it too low might not return all results. Default is 10.
|
||||
define('SEARCH_WAIT', 10);
|
||||
// The maximum number of results to send to the client. Setting it too high
|
||||
// might result in timeout. Default is 10.
|
||||
define('SEARCH_MAXRESULTS', 10);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Kopano Outlook Extension - Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Kopano Outlook Extension (KOE) provides MS Outlook 2013 and newer with
|
||||
* functionality not provided by ActiveSync or not implemented by Outlook.
|
||||
* For more information, see: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/z4Aa
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Global Address Book functionality
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_GAB', true);
|
||||
// Synchronize mail flags from the server to Outlook/KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_RECEIVEFLAGS', true);
|
||||
// Encode flags when sending from Outlook/KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SENDFLAGS', true);
|
||||
// Out-of-office support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_OOF', true);
|
||||
// Out-of-office support with start & end times (superseeds KOE_CAPABILITY_OOF)
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_OOFTIMES', true);
|
||||
// Notes support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_NOTES', true);
|
||||
// Shared folder support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SHAREDFOLDER', true);
|
||||
// Send-As support for Outlook/KOE and mobiles
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SENDAS', true);
|
||||
// Secondary Contact folders (own and shared)
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SECONDARYCONTACTS', true);
|
||||
// Copy WebApp signature into KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES', true);
|
||||
// Delivery receipt requests
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_RECEIPTS', true);
|
||||
|
||||
// To synchronize the GAB KOE, the GAB store and folderid need to be specified.
|
||||
// Use the gab-sync script to generate this data. The name needs to
|
||||
// match the config of the gab-sync script.
|
||||
// More information here: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/z4Aa (GAB Sync Script)
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_STORE', 'SYSTEM');
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_FOLDERID', '');
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_NAME', 'Z-Push-KOE-GAB');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Synchronize additional folders to all mobiles
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this feature, special folders can be synchronized to all mobiles.
|
||||
* This is useful for e.g. global company contacts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is supported only by certain devices, like iPhones.
|
||||
* Check the compatibility list for supported devices:
|
||||
* http://z-push.org/compatibility
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To synchronize a folder, add a section setting all parameters as below:
|
||||
* store: the ressource where the folder is located.
|
||||
* Kopano users use 'SYSTEM' for the 'Public Folder'
|
||||
* folderid: folder id of the folder to be synchronized
|
||||
* name: name to be displayed on the mobile device
|
||||
* type: supported types are:
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_CONTACT
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_APPOINTMENT
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_TASK
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_MAIL
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_NOTE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Additional notes:
|
||||
* - on Kopano systems use backend/kopano/listfolders.php script to get a list
|
||||
* of available folders
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - all Z-Push users must have at least reading permissions so the configured
|
||||
* folders can be synchronized to the mobile. Else they are ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - this feature is only partly suitable for multi-tenancy environments,
|
||||
* as ALL users from ALL tenents need access to the configured store & folder.
|
||||
* When configuring a public folder, this will cause problems, as each user has
|
||||
* a different public folder in his tenant, so the folder are not available.
|
||||
|
||||
* - changing this configuration could cause HIGH LOAD on the system, as all
|
||||
* connected devices will be updated and load the data contained in the
|
||||
* added/modified folders.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
$additionalFolders = array(
|
||||
// demo entry for the synchronization of contacts from the public folder.
|
||||
// uncomment (remove '/*' '*/') and fill in the folderid
|
||||
/*
|
||||
array(
|
||||
'store' => "SYSTEM",
|
||||
'folderid' => "",
|
||||
'name' => "Public Contacts",
|
||||
'type' => SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_CONTACT,
|
||||
),
|
||||
*/
|
||||
);
|
||||
418
etc-baloghs/z-push/z-push.conf.php.dpkg-dist
Normal file
418
etc-baloghs/z-push/z-push.conf.php.dpkg-dist
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
|
||||
<?php
|
||||
/***********************************************
|
||||
* File : config.php
|
||||
* Project : Z-Push
|
||||
* Descr : Main configuration file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created : 01.10.2007
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007 - 2016 Zarafa Deutschland GmbH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3,
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Consult LICENSE file for details
|
||||
************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Default settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Defines the default time zone, change e.g. to "Europe/London" if necessary
|
||||
define('TIMEZONE', '');
|
||||
|
||||
// Defines the base path on the server
|
||||
define('BASE_PATH', dirname($_SERVER['SCRIPT_FILENAME']). '/');
|
||||
|
||||
// Try to set unlimited timeout
|
||||
define('SCRIPT_TIMEOUT', 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// This should be solved on THE webserver level if there are proxies
|
||||
// between mobile client and Z-Push.
|
||||
// IMPORTANT: This setting will be deprecated in Z-Push 2.7.0.
|
||||
// Use a custom header to determinate the remote IP of a client.
|
||||
// By default, the server provided REMOTE_ADDR is used. If the header here set
|
||||
// is available, the provided value will be used, else REMOTE_ADDR is maintained.
|
||||
// set to false to disable this behaviour.
|
||||
// common values: 'HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', 'HTTP_X_REAL_IP' (casing is ignored)
|
||||
define('USE_CUSTOM_REMOTE_IP_HEADER', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// When using client certificates, we can check if the login sent matches the owner of the certificate.
|
||||
// This setting specifies the owner parameter in the certificate to look at.
|
||||
define("CERTIFICATE_OWNER_PARAMETER", "SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_CN");
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Whether to use the complete email address as a login name
|
||||
* (e.g. user@company.com) or the username only (user).
|
||||
* This is required for Z-Push to work properly after autodiscover.
|
||||
* Possible values:
|
||||
* false - use the username only.
|
||||
* true - string the mobile sends as username, e.g. full email address (default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('USE_FULLEMAIL_FOR_LOGIN', true);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* StateMachine setting
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These StateMachines can be used:
|
||||
* FILE - FileStateMachine (default). Needs STATE_DIR set as well.
|
||||
* SQL - SqlStateMachine has own configuration file. STATE_DIR is ignored.
|
||||
* State migration script is available, more informations: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/xIAa
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('STATE_MACHINE', 'FILE');
|
||||
define('STATE_DIR', '/var/lib/z-push/');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* IPC - InterProcessCommunication
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Is either provided by using shared memory on a single host or
|
||||
* using the memcache provider for multi-host environments.
|
||||
* When another implementation should be used, the class can be set here explicitly.
|
||||
* If empty Z-Push will try to use available providers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Possible values:
|
||||
* IpcSharedMemoryProvider - default. Requires z-push-ipc-sharedmemory package.
|
||||
* IpcMemcachedProvider - requires z-push-ipc-memcached package. It is necessary to set up
|
||||
* memcached server before (it won't be installed by z-push-ipc-memcached).
|
||||
* IpcWincacheProvider - for windows systems.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('IPC_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Logging settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The LOGBACKEND specifies where the logs are sent to.
|
||||
* Either to file ("filelog") or to a "syslog" server or a custom log class in core/log/logclass.
|
||||
* filelog and syslog have several options that can be set below.
|
||||
* For more information about the syslog configuration, see https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/HIAT
|
||||
|
||||
* Possible LOGLEVEL and LOGUSERLEVEL values are:
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_OFF - no logging
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_FATAL - log only critical errors
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_ERROR - logs events which might require corrective actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN - might lead to an error or require corrective actions in the future
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_INFO - usually completed actions
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEBUG - debugging information, typically only meaningful to developers
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXML - also prints the WBXML sent to/from the device
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID - also prints the device id for every log entry
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WBXMLSTACK - also prints the contents of WBXML stack
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The verbosity increases from top to bottom. More verbose levels include less verbose
|
||||
* ones, e.g. setting to LOGLEVEL_DEBUG will also output LOGLEVEL_FATAL, LOGLEVEL_ERROR,
|
||||
* LOGLEVEL_WARN and LOGLEVEL_INFO level entries.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LOGAUTHFAIL is logged to the LOGBACKEND.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('LOGBACKEND', 'filelog');
|
||||
define('LOGLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_INFO);
|
||||
define('LOGAUTHFAIL', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// To save e.g. WBXML data only for selected users, add the usernames to the array
|
||||
// The data will be saved into a dedicated file per user in the LOGFILEDIR
|
||||
// Users have to be encapusulated in quotes, several users are comma separated, like:
|
||||
// $specialLogUsers = array('info@domain.com', 'myusername');
|
||||
define('LOGUSERLEVEL', LOGLEVEL_DEVICEID);
|
||||
$specialLogUsers = array();
|
||||
|
||||
// Filelog settings
|
||||
define('LOGFILEDIR', '/var/log/z-push/');
|
||||
define('LOGFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'z-push.log');
|
||||
define('LOGERRORFILE', LOGFILEDIR . 'z-push-error.log');
|
||||
|
||||
// Syslog settings
|
||||
// false will log to local syslog, otherwise put the remote syslog IP here
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_HOST', false);
|
||||
// Syslog port
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PORT', 514);
|
||||
// Program showed in the syslog. Useful if you have more than one instance login to the same syslog
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_PROGRAM', 'z-push');
|
||||
// Syslog facility - use LOG_USER when running on Windows
|
||||
define('LOG_SYSLOG_FACILITY', LOG_LOCAL0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Location of the trusted CA, e.g. '/etc/ssl/certs/EmailCA.pem'
|
||||
// Uncomment and modify the following line if the validation of the certificates fails.
|
||||
// define('CAINFO', '/etc/ssl/certs/EmailCA.pem');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Mobile settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Device Provisioning
|
||||
define('PROVISIONING', true);
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows the 'loose enforcement' of the provisioning policies for older
|
||||
// devices which don't support provisioning (like WM 5 and HTC Android Mail) - dw2412 contribution
|
||||
// false (default) - Enforce provisioning for all devices
|
||||
// true - allow older devices, but enforce policies on devices which support it
|
||||
define('LOOSE_PROVISIONING', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The file containing the policies' settings.
|
||||
// Set a full path or relative to the z-push main directory
|
||||
define('PROVISIONING_POLICYFILE', 'policies.ini');
|
||||
|
||||
// Default conflict preference
|
||||
// Some devices allow to set if the server or PIM (mobile)
|
||||
// should win in case of a synchronization conflict
|
||||
// SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_SERVER - Server is overwritten, PIM wins
|
||||
// SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_PIM - PIM is overwritten, Server wins (default)
|
||||
define('SYNC_CONFLICT_DEFAULT', SYNC_CONFLICT_OVERWRITE_PIM);
|
||||
|
||||
// Global limitation of items to be synchronized
|
||||
// The mobile can define a sync back period for calendar and email items
|
||||
// For large stores with many items the time period could be limited to a max value
|
||||
// If the mobile transmits a wider time period, the defined max value is used
|
||||
// Applicable values:
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_ALL (default, no limitation)
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1DAY, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_3DAYS, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1WEEK, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_2WEEKS,
|
||||
// SYNC_FILTERTYPE_1MONTH, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_3MONTHS, SYNC_FILTERTYPE_6MONTHS
|
||||
define('SYNC_FILTERTIME_MAX', SYNC_FILTERTYPE_ALL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Interval in seconds before checking if there are changes on the server when in Ping.
|
||||
// It means the highest time span before a change is pushed to a mobile. Set it to
|
||||
// a higher value if you have a high load on the server.
|
||||
define('PING_INTERVAL', 30);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the fileas (save as) order for contacts in the webaccess/webapp/outlook.
|
||||
// It will only affect new/modified contacts on the mobile which then are synced to the server.
|
||||
// Possible values are:
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTLAST - fileas will be "Firstname Middlename Lastname"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST - fileas will be "Lastname, Firstname Middlename"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYONLY - fileas will be "Company"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYLAST - fileas will be "Company (Lastname, Firstname Middlename)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYFIRST - fileas will be "Company (Firstname Middlename Lastname)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTCOMPANY - fileas will be "Lastname, Firstname Middlename (Company)"
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTCOMPANY - fileas will be "Firstname Middlename Lastname (Company)"
|
||||
// The company-fileas will only be set if a contact has a company set. If one of
|
||||
// company-fileas is selected and a contact doesn't have a company set, it will default
|
||||
// to SYNC_FILEAS_FIRSTLAST or SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST (depending on if last or first
|
||||
// option is selected for company).
|
||||
// If SYNC_FILEAS_COMPANYONLY is selected and company of the contact is not set
|
||||
// SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST will be used
|
||||
define('FILEAS_ORDER', SYNC_FILEAS_LASTFIRST);
|
||||
|
||||
// Maximum amount of items to be synchronized per request.
|
||||
// Normally this value is requested by the mobile. Common values are 5, 25, 50 or 100.
|
||||
// Exporting too much items can cause mobile timeout on busy systems.
|
||||
// Z-Push will use the lowest provided value, either set here or by the mobile.
|
||||
// MS Outlook 2013+ request up to 512 items to accelerate the sync process.
|
||||
// If you detect high load (also on subsystems) you could try a lower setting.
|
||||
// max: 512 - value used if mobile does not limit amount of items
|
||||
define('SYNC_MAX_ITEMS', 512);
|
||||
|
||||
// The devices usually send a list of supported properties for calendar and contact
|
||||
// items. If a device does not includes such a supported property in Sync request,
|
||||
// it means the property's value will be deleted on the server.
|
||||
// However some devices do not send a list of supported properties. It is then impossible
|
||||
// to tell if a property was deleted or it was not set at all if it does not appear in Sync.
|
||||
// This parameter defines Z-Push behaviour during Sync if a device does not issue a list with
|
||||
// supported properties.
|
||||
// See also https://jira.z-hub.io/browse/ZP-302.
|
||||
// Possible values:
|
||||
// false - do not unset properties which are not sent during Sync (default)
|
||||
// true - unset properties which are not sent during Sync
|
||||
define('UNSET_UNDEFINED_PROPERTIES', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// ActiveSync specifies that a contact photo may not exceed 48 KB. This value is checked
|
||||
// in the semantic sanity checks and contacts with larger photos are not synchronized.
|
||||
// This limitation is not being followed by the ActiveSync clients which set much bigger
|
||||
// contact photos. You can override the default value of the max photo size.
|
||||
// default: 5242880 - 5 MB default max photo size in bytes
|
||||
define('SYNC_CONTACTS_MAXPICTURESIZE', 5242880);
|
||||
|
||||
// Over the WebserviceUsers command it is possible to retrieve a list of all
|
||||
// known devices and users on this Z-Push system. The authenticated user needs to have
|
||||
// admin rights and a public folder must exist.
|
||||
// In multicompany environments this enable an admin user of any company to retrieve
|
||||
// this full list, so this feature is disabled by default. Enable with care.
|
||||
define('ALLOW_WEBSERVICE_USERS_ACCESS', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Users with many folders can use the 'partial foldersync' feature, where the server
|
||||
// actively stops processing the folder list if it takes too long. Other requests are
|
||||
// then redirected to the FolderSync to synchronize the remaining items.
|
||||
// Device compatibility for this procedure is not fully understood.
|
||||
// NOTE: THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL FEATURE WHICH COULD PREVENT YOUR MOBILES FROM SYNCHRONIZING.
|
||||
define('USE_PARTIAL_FOLDERSYNC', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum accepted time in second that a ping command should last.
|
||||
// It is strongly advised to keep this config to false. Some device
|
||||
// might not be able to send a higher value than the one specificied here and thus
|
||||
// unable to start a push connection.
|
||||
// If set to false, there will be no lower bound to the ping lifetime.
|
||||
// The minimum accepted value is 1 second. The maximum accepted value is 3540 seconds (59 minutes).
|
||||
define('PING_LOWER_BOUND_LIFETIME', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// The maximum accepted time in second that a ping command should last.
|
||||
// If set to false, there will be no higher bound to the ping lifetime.
|
||||
// The minimum accepted value is 1 second. The maximum accepted value is 3540 seconds (59 minutes).
|
||||
define('PING_HIGHER_BOUND_LIFETIME', false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Maximum response time
|
||||
// Mobiles implement different timeouts to their TCP/IP connections. Android devices for example
|
||||
// have a hard timeout of 30 seconds. If the server is not able to answer a request within this timeframe,
|
||||
// the answer will not be recieved and the device will send a new one overloading the server.
|
||||
// There are three categories
|
||||
// - Short timeout - server has up within 30 seconds - is automatically applied for not categorized types
|
||||
// - Medium timeout - server has up to 90 seconds to respond
|
||||
// - Long timeout - server has up to 4 minutes to respond
|
||||
// If a timeout is almost reached the server will break and sent the results it has until this
|
||||
// point. You can add DeviceType strings to the categories.
|
||||
// In general longer timeouts are better, because more data can be streamed at once.
|
||||
define('SYNC_TIMEOUT_MEDIUM_DEVICETYPES', "SAMSUNGGTI");
|
||||
define('SYNC_TIMEOUT_LONG_DEVICETYPES', "iPod, iPad, iPhone, WP, WindowsOutlook, WindowsMail");
|
||||
|
||||
// Time in seconds the device should wait whenever the service is unavailable,
|
||||
// e.g. when a backend service is unavailable.
|
||||
// Z-Push sends a "Retry-After" header in the response with the here defined value.
|
||||
// It is up to the device to respect or not this directive so even if this option is set,
|
||||
// the device might not wait requested time frame.
|
||||
// Number of seconds before retry, to disable set to: false
|
||||
define('RETRY_AFTER_DELAY', 300);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Backend settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// The backend data provider.
|
||||
// Leave this value empty and Z-Push will autoload a backend. The sequence of autoload is:
|
||||
// BackendKopano, BackendCombined, BackendIMAP, BackendVCardDir, BackendMaildir.
|
||||
// If BackendKopano is not installed, Z-Push will load BackendCombined. If BackendCombined
|
||||
// also is not installed, Z-Push will load BackendIMAP and so on.
|
||||
// If you prefer explicitly configure a backend provider, currently possible values are:
|
||||
// BackendKopano - to use with the Kopano groupware. Syncs emails, calendar items,
|
||||
// contacts, tasks and notes or any combination of the listed items.
|
||||
// BackendCombined - combine multiple backends for different items, e.g.
|
||||
// BackendIMAP for emails, BackendCalDAV for calendar items,
|
||||
// BackendCardDAV for contacts etc. You can configure what backend
|
||||
// syncs which items in /etc/combined.conf.php.
|
||||
// BackendIMAP - to sync emails with an IMAP server.
|
||||
// BackendCalDAV - to sync calendar items and / or tasks with a CalDAV server.
|
||||
// BackendCardDAV - to sync contacts with a CardDAV server.
|
||||
// BackendMaildir - to sync emails from a Maildir.
|
||||
// BackendStickyNote - to sync notes with a Postgres server.
|
||||
// BackendVCardDir - to sync contacts with vcard folder.
|
||||
define('BACKEND_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Search provider settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Alternative backend to perform SEARCH requests (GAL search)
|
||||
* By default the main Backend defines the preferred search functionality.
|
||||
* If set, the Search Provider will always be preferred.
|
||||
* Use 'BackendSearchLDAP' to search in a LDAP directory (see backend/searchldap/config.php)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
define('SEARCH_PROVIDER', '');
|
||||
// Time in seconds for the server search. Setting it too high might result in timeout.
|
||||
// Setting it too low might not return all results. Default is 10.
|
||||
define('SEARCH_WAIT', 10);
|
||||
// The maximum number of results to send to the client. Setting it too high
|
||||
// might result in timeout. Default is 10.
|
||||
define('SEARCH_MAXRESULTS', 10);
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Kopano Outlook Extension - Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The Kopano Outlook Extension (KOE) provides MS Outlook 2013 and newer with
|
||||
* functionality not provided by ActiveSync or not implemented by Outlook.
|
||||
* For more information, see: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/z4Aa
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Global Address Book functionality
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_GAB', true);
|
||||
// Synchronize mail flags from the server to Outlook/KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_RECEIVEFLAGS', true);
|
||||
// Encode flags when sending from Outlook/KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SENDFLAGS', true);
|
||||
// Out-of-office support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_OOF', true);
|
||||
// Out-of-office support with start & end times (superseeds KOE_CAPABILITY_OOF)
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_OOFTIMES', true);
|
||||
// Notes support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_NOTES', true);
|
||||
// Shared folder support
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SHAREDFOLDER', true);
|
||||
// Send-As support for Outlook/KOE and mobiles
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SENDAS', true);
|
||||
// Secondary Contact folders (own and shared)
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SECONDARYCONTACTS', true);
|
||||
// Copy WebApp signature into KOE
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES', true);
|
||||
// Delivery receipt requests
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_RECEIPTS', true);
|
||||
// Impersonate other users
|
||||
define('KOE_CAPABILITY_IMPERSONATE', true);
|
||||
|
||||
// To synchronize the GAB KOE, the GAB store and folderid need to be specified.
|
||||
// Use the gab-sync script to generate this data. The name needs to
|
||||
// match the config of the gab-sync script.
|
||||
// More information here: https://wiki.z-hub.io/x/z4Aa (GAB Sync Script)
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_STORE', 'SYSTEM');
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_FOLDERID', '');
|
||||
define('KOE_GAB_NAME', 'Z-Push-KOE-GAB');
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* Synchronize additional folders to all mobiles
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this feature, special folders can be synchronized to all mobiles.
|
||||
* This is useful for e.g. global company contacts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is supported only by certain devices, like iPhones.
|
||||
* Check the compatibility list for supported devices:
|
||||
* http://z-push.org/compatibility
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To synchronize a folder, add a section setting all parameters as below:
|
||||
* store: the ressource where the folder is located.
|
||||
* Kopano users use 'SYSTEM' for the 'Public Folder'
|
||||
* folderid: folder id of the folder to be synchronized
|
||||
* name: name to be displayed on the mobile device
|
||||
* type: supported types are:
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_CONTACT
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_APPOINTMENT
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_TASK
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_MAIL
|
||||
* SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_NOTE
|
||||
* flags: sets additional options on the shared folder. Supported are:
|
||||
* DeviceManager::FLD_FLAGS_NONE
|
||||
* No flags configured, default flag to be set
|
||||
* DeviceManager::FLD_FLAGS_SENDASOWNER
|
||||
* When replying in this folder, automatically do Send-As
|
||||
* DeviceManager::FLD_FLAGS_CALENDARREMINDERS
|
||||
* If set, Outlook shows reminders for these shares with KOE
|
||||
* DeviceManager::FLD_FLAGS_NOREADONLYNOTIFY
|
||||
* If set, Z-Push won't send notification emails for changes
|
||||
* if the folder is read-only
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Additional notes:
|
||||
* - on Kopano systems use backend/kopano/listfolders.php script to get a list
|
||||
* of available folders
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - all Z-Push users must have at least reading permissions so the configured
|
||||
* folders can be synchronized to the mobile. Else they are ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - this feature is only partly suitable for multi-tenancy environments,
|
||||
* as ALL users from ALL tenents need access to the configured store & folder.
|
||||
* When configuring a public folder, this will cause problems, as each user has
|
||||
* a different public folder in his tenant, so the folder are not available.
|
||||
|
||||
* - changing this configuration could cause HIGH LOAD on the system, as all
|
||||
* connected devices will be updated and load the data contained in the
|
||||
* added/modified folders.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
$additionalFolders = array(
|
||||
// demo entry for the synchronization of contacts from the public folder.
|
||||
// uncomment (remove '/*' '*/') and fill in the folderid
|
||||
/*
|
||||
array(
|
||||
'store' => "SYSTEM",
|
||||
'folderid' => "",
|
||||
'name' => "Public Contacts",
|
||||
'type' => SYNC_FOLDER_TYPE_USER_CONTACT,
|
||||
'flags' => DeviceManager::FLD_FLAGS_NONE,
|
||||
),
|
||||
*/
|
||||
);
|
||||
0
etc-relay/postfix/aliases
Normal file
0
etc-relay/postfix/aliases
Normal file
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/aliases.db
Normal file
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/aliases.db
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
1
etc-relay/postfix/dynamicmaps.cf
Normal file
1
etc-relay/postfix/dynamicmaps.cf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
# dict-type so-name (pathname) dict-function mkmap-function
|
||||
62
etc-relay/postfix/main.cf
Normal file
62
etc-relay/postfix/main.cf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
# See /usr/share/postfix/main.cf.dist for a commented, more complete version
|
||||
smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name (Ubuntu)
|
||||
biff = no
|
||||
|
||||
# appending .domain is the MUA's job.
|
||||
append_dot_mydomain = no
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the next line to generate "delayed mail" warnings
|
||||
#delay_warning_time = 4h
|
||||
readme_directory = no
|
||||
|
||||
# See http://www.postfix.org/COMPATIBILITY_README.html -- default to 2 on
|
||||
# fresh installs.
|
||||
compatibility_level = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# local domains
|
||||
myhostname = relay.zntrl.de
|
||||
mydestination =
|
||||
mynetworks = 127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128
|
||||
alias_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/aliases
|
||||
|
||||
# relay domains
|
||||
relay_domains = zntrl.de baldev.de
|
||||
relay_transport = smtp:[baloghs.de]:8025
|
||||
# more flexible relay_transport
|
||||
# transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport
|
||||
|
||||
# virtual domains
|
||||
virtual_alias_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/virtual
|
||||
|
||||
# default domains
|
||||
default_transport = smtp:
|
||||
|
||||
# SMPTD (inbound) TLS parameters
|
||||
smtpd_tls_CApath = /etc/ssl/certs
|
||||
smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/balusign-signing-ca.pem
|
||||
smtpd_tls_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/relay.de.key
|
||||
smtpd_tls_cert_file=/etc/ssl/relay-full-chain.pem
|
||||
smtpd_tls_security_level=may
|
||||
smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1
|
||||
|
||||
smtpd_relay_restrictions = permit_mynetworks reject_unauth_destination
|
||||
# smtpd_helo_restrictions = reject_unknown_helo_hostname
|
||||
# smtpd_sender_restrictions = reject_unknown_sender_domain
|
||||
# smtpd_data_restrictions = reject_unauth_pipelining
|
||||
# smtpd_end_of_data_restrictions = check_policy_service unix:private/policy
|
||||
|
||||
# SMTP (outbound)
|
||||
smtp_tls_CApath=/etc/ssl/certs
|
||||
smtp_tls_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/relay.de.key
|
||||
smtp_tls_cert_file=/etc/ssl/relay-full-chain.pem
|
||||
smtp_tls_security_level=may
|
||||
smtp_tls_session_cache_database = btree:${data_directory}/smtp_scache
|
||||
smtp_tls_loglevel = 1
|
||||
|
||||
mailbox_size_limit = 0
|
||||
message_size_limit = 50000000
|
||||
recipient_delimiter = +
|
||||
inet_interfaces = all
|
||||
inet_protocols = ipv4
|
||||
# maillog_file = /var/log/postfix.log
|
||||
|
||||
684
etc-relay/postfix/main.cf.proto
Normal file
684
etc-relay/postfix/main.cf.proto
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
|
||||
# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset
|
||||
# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter
|
||||
# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf").
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README
|
||||
# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use
|
||||
# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to
|
||||
# http://www.postfix.org/BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README.html etc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time,
|
||||
# and test if Postfix still works after every change.
|
||||
|
||||
# COMPATIBILITY
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The compatibility_level determines what default settings Postfix
|
||||
# will use for main.cf and master.cf settings. These defaults will
|
||||
# change over time.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To avoid breaking things, Postfix will use backwards-compatible
|
||||
# default settings and log where it uses those old backwards-compatible
|
||||
# default settings, until the system administrator has determined
|
||||
# if any backwards-compatible default settings need to be made
|
||||
# permanent in main.cf or master.cf.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# When this review is complete, update the compatibility_level setting
|
||||
# below as recommended in the RELEASE_NOTES file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The level below is what should be used with new (not upgrade) installs.
|
||||
#
|
||||
compatibility_level = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# SOFT BOUNCE
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for
|
||||
# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that
|
||||
# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated
|
||||
# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently
|
||||
# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce
|
||||
# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#soft_bounce = no
|
||||
|
||||
# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue.
|
||||
# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted.
|
||||
# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot
|
||||
# environments on different UNIX systems.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix
|
||||
|
||||
# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all
|
||||
# postXXX commands.
|
||||
#
|
||||
command_directory = /usr/sbin
|
||||
|
||||
# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix
|
||||
# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This
|
||||
# directory must be owned by root.
|
||||
#
|
||||
daemon_directory = /usr/lib/postfix/sbin
|
||||
|
||||
# The data_directory parameter specifies the location of Postfix-writable
|
||||
# data files (caches, random numbers). This directory must be owned
|
||||
# by the mail_owner account (see below).
|
||||
#
|
||||
data_directory = /var/lib/postfix
|
||||
|
||||
# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue
|
||||
# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user
|
||||
# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS
|
||||
# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In
|
||||
# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED
|
||||
# USER.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mail_owner = postfix
|
||||
|
||||
# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by
|
||||
# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command.
|
||||
# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context.
|
||||
# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#default_privs = nobody
|
||||
|
||||
# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this
|
||||
# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name
|
||||
# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many
|
||||
# other configuration parameters.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#myhostname = host.domain.tld
|
||||
#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld
|
||||
|
||||
# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name.
|
||||
# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component.
|
||||
# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration
|
||||
# parameters.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mydomain = domain.tld
|
||||
|
||||
# SENDING MAIL
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted
|
||||
# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname,
|
||||
# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple
|
||||
# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up
|
||||
# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to
|
||||
# user@that.users.mailhost.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses,
|
||||
# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended
|
||||
# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Debian GNU/Linux specific: Specifying a file name will cause the
|
||||
# first line of that file to be used as the name. The Debian default
|
||||
# is /etc/mailname.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#myorigin = /etc/mailname
|
||||
#myorigin = $myhostname
|
||||
#myorigin = $mydomain
|
||||
|
||||
# RECEIVING MAIL
|
||||
|
||||
# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
|
||||
# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default,
|
||||
# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The
|
||||
# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address].
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that
|
||||
# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#inet_interfaces = all
|
||||
#inet_interfaces = $myhostname
|
||||
#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost
|
||||
|
||||
# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface
|
||||
# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a
|
||||
# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends
|
||||
# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a
|
||||
# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops
|
||||
# will happen when the primary MX host is down.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#proxy_interfaces =
|
||||
#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4
|
||||
|
||||
# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this
|
||||
# machine considers itself the final destination for.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the
|
||||
# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX
|
||||
# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd
|
||||
# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain + localhost. On
|
||||
# a mail domain gateway, you should also include $mydomain.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are
|
||||
# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX
|
||||
# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for
|
||||
# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see
|
||||
# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed
|
||||
# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system
|
||||
# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table
|
||||
# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name
|
||||
# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when
|
||||
# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored).
|
||||
# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS".
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost
|
||||
#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain
|
||||
#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain,
|
||||
# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain
|
||||
|
||||
# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
|
||||
# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect
|
||||
# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
|
||||
# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify
|
||||
# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local
|
||||
# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the
|
||||
# local_recipient_maps setting if:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than
|
||||
# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files.
|
||||
# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in
|
||||
# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport"
|
||||
# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have
|
||||
# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to
|
||||
# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of
|
||||
# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
|
||||
# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld
|
||||
# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
|
||||
#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps
|
||||
#local_recipient_maps =
|
||||
|
||||
# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server
|
||||
# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or
|
||||
# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty
|
||||
# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start
|
||||
# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your
|
||||
# local_recipient_maps settings are OK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550
|
||||
|
||||
# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL
|
||||
|
||||
# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP
|
||||
# clients that have more privileges than "strangers".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail
|
||||
# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter
|
||||
# in postconf(5).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand
|
||||
# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP
|
||||
# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine.
|
||||
# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified
|
||||
# with the "ifconfig" command.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP
|
||||
# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine.
|
||||
# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust"
|
||||
# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit
|
||||
# mynetworks list by hand, as described below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust"
|
||||
# only the local machine.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mynetworks_style = class
|
||||
#mynetworks_style = subnet
|
||||
#mynetworks_style = host
|
||||
|
||||
# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in
|
||||
# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the
|
||||
# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host
|
||||
# address.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead
|
||||
# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups
|
||||
# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used).
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8
|
||||
#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks
|
||||
#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table
|
||||
mynetworks = 127.0.0.0/8
|
||||
|
||||
# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will
|
||||
# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in
|
||||
# postconf(5) for detailed information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By default, Postfix relays mail
|
||||
# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination,
|
||||
# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or
|
||||
# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing.
|
||||
# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail
|
||||
# that Postfix is final destination for:
|
||||
# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces,
|
||||
# - destinations that match $mydestination
|
||||
# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains,
|
||||
# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains.
|
||||
# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name
|
||||
# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue
|
||||
# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name
|
||||
# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a
|
||||
# (parent) domain appears as lookup key.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that
|
||||
# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the
|
||||
# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5).
|
||||
#
|
||||
#relay_domains = $mydestination
|
||||
|
||||
# INTERNET OR INTRANET
|
||||
|
||||
# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to
|
||||
# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When
|
||||
# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your
|
||||
# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet
|
||||
# gateway host instead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port,
|
||||
# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#relayhost = $mydomain
|
||||
#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain]
|
||||
#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld]
|
||||
#relayhost = uucphost
|
||||
#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress]
|
||||
|
||||
# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables
|
||||
# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject
|
||||
# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored.
|
||||
# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify
|
||||
# a user@domain.tld address.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients
|
||||
|
||||
# INPUT RATE CONTROL
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input
|
||||
# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it
|
||||
# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due
|
||||
# to an SCO bug).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before
|
||||
# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the
|
||||
# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process
|
||||
# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more
|
||||
# than the number of messages delivered per second.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#in_flow_delay = 1s
|
||||
|
||||
# ADDRESS REWRITING
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about
|
||||
# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including
|
||||
# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping.
|
||||
|
||||
# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms
|
||||
# of domain hosting that Postfix supports.
|
||||
|
||||
# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
|
||||
|
||||
# TRANSPORT MAP
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document.
|
||||
|
||||
# ALIAS DATABASE
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used
|
||||
# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias
|
||||
# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax
|
||||
# details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or
|
||||
# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run
|
||||
# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use
|
||||
# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases
|
||||
#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases
|
||||
#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases
|
||||
#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases
|
||||
|
||||
# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that
|
||||
# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate
|
||||
# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify
|
||||
# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases
|
||||
#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases
|
||||
#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases
|
||||
#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases
|
||||
|
||||
# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between
|
||||
# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5),
|
||||
# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on
|
||||
# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups.
|
||||
# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before
|
||||
# trying user and .forward.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#recipient_delimiter = +
|
||||
|
||||
# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a
|
||||
# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default
|
||||
# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify
|
||||
# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required).
|
||||
#
|
||||
#home_mailbox = Mailbox
|
||||
#home_mailbox = Maildir/
|
||||
|
||||
# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where
|
||||
# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the
|
||||
# system type.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail
|
||||
#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail
|
||||
|
||||
# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external
|
||||
# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as
|
||||
# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings.
|
||||
# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username),
|
||||
# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address),
|
||||
# and LOCAL (the address localpart).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command
|
||||
# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to
|
||||
# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run
|
||||
# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN
|
||||
# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail
|
||||
#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail -a "$EXTENSION"
|
||||
|
||||
# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
|
||||
# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter
|
||||
# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and
|
||||
# luser_relay parameters.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
|
||||
# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The
|
||||
# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
|
||||
# configuration file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
|
||||
# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
|
||||
# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
|
||||
# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Cyrus IMAP over LMTP. Specify ``lmtpunix cmd="lmtpd"
|
||||
# listen="/var/imap/socket/lmtp" prefork=0'' in cyrus.conf.
|
||||
#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/imap/socket/lmtp
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Cyrus IMAP via command line. Uncomment the "cyrus...pipe" and
|
||||
# subsequent line in master.cf.
|
||||
#mailbox_transport = cyrus
|
||||
|
||||
# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf
|
||||
# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database.
|
||||
# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is
|
||||
# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The
|
||||
# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport
|
||||
# configuration file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
|
||||
# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in
|
||||
# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
|
||||
# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
|
||||
#
|
||||
#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/file/name
|
||||
#fallback_transport = cyrus
|
||||
#fallback_transport =
|
||||
|
||||
# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address
|
||||
# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination,
|
||||
# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned
|
||||
# as undeliverable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient
|
||||
# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory),
|
||||
# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address
|
||||
# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient
|
||||
# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or
|
||||
# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password
|
||||
# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in
|
||||
# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for
|
||||
# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table".
|
||||
#
|
||||
#luser_relay = $user@other.host
|
||||
#luser_relay = $local@other.host
|
||||
#luser_relay = admin+$local
|
||||
|
||||
# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file
|
||||
# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview.
|
||||
|
||||
# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns
|
||||
# that each logical message header is matched against, including
|
||||
# headers that span multiple physical lines.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the
|
||||
# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and
|
||||
# attached message headers were treated as body text.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For details, see "man header_checks".
|
||||
#
|
||||
#header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks
|
||||
|
||||
# FAST ETRN SERVICE
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about
|
||||
# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP
|
||||
# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld".
|
||||
# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are
|
||||
# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that
|
||||
# this server is willing to relay mail to.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains
|
||||
|
||||
# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220
|
||||
# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see
|
||||
# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an
|
||||
# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name
|
||||
#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version)
|
||||
smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name (Ubuntu)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local
|
||||
# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery
|
||||
# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially,
|
||||
# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when
|
||||
# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10
|
||||
# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to
|
||||
# raise eyebrows.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit
|
||||
# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for
|
||||
# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2.
|
||||
|
||||
#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2
|
||||
#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20
|
||||
|
||||
# DEBUGGING CONTROL
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose
|
||||
# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address
|
||||
# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#debug_peer_level = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain
|
||||
# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When
|
||||
# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern,
|
||||
# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the
|
||||
# debug_peer_level parameter.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1
|
||||
#debug_peer_list = some.domain
|
||||
|
||||
# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed
|
||||
# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before
|
||||
# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to
|
||||
# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix.
|
||||
#
|
||||
debugger_command =
|
||||
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin
|
||||
ddd $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5
|
||||
|
||||
# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a
|
||||
# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration
|
||||
# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# debugger_command =
|
||||
# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont;
|
||||
# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1
|
||||
# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session.
|
||||
# To attach to the screen session, su root and run "screen -r
|
||||
# <id_string>" where <id_string> uniquely matches one of the detached
|
||||
# sessions (from "screen -list").
|
||||
#
|
||||
# debugger_command =
|
||||
# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen
|
||||
# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name
|
||||
# $process_id & sleep 1
|
||||
|
||||
# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command.
|
||||
# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
|
||||
#
|
||||
sendmail_path =
|
||||
|
||||
# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command.
|
||||
# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases.
|
||||
#
|
||||
newaliases_path =
|
||||
|
||||
# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This
|
||||
# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command.
|
||||
#
|
||||
mailq_path =
|
||||
|
||||
# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management
|
||||
# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that
|
||||
# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account.
|
||||
#
|
||||
setgid_group =
|
||||
|
||||
# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation.
|
||||
#
|
||||
html_directory =
|
||||
|
||||
# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages.
|
||||
#
|
||||
manpage_directory =
|
||||
|
||||
# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files.
|
||||
# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
|
||||
#
|
||||
sample_directory =
|
||||
|
||||
# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
readme_directory =
|
||||
inet_protocols = ipv4
|
||||
65
etc-relay/postfix/makedefs.out
Normal file
65
etc-relay/postfix/makedefs.out
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
# Do not edit -- this file documents how Postfix was built for your machine.
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Start of summary of user-configurable 'make makefiles' options.
|
||||
# CCARGS=-DDEBIAN -DHAS_PCRE -DHAS_LDAP -DUSE_LDAP_SASL -DHAS_SQLITE -DMYORIGIN_FROM_FILE -DHAS_CDB -DHAS_LMDB -DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql -DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql -DHAS_SQLITE -I/usr/include -DHAS_SSL -I/usr/include/openssl -DUSE_SASL_AUTH -I/usr/include/sasl -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -DUSE_TLS
|
||||
# AUXLIBS=-lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2 -lpthread -L/build/postfix-vedmgF/postfix-3.3.0/debian
|
||||
# AUXLIBS_CDB=-lcdb -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util
|
||||
# AUXLIBS_LMDB=-llmdb -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util
|
||||
# AUXLIBS_MYSQL=-lmysqlclient -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global
|
||||
# AUXLIBS_LDAP=-lldap -llber -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global
|
||||
# AUXLIBS_PCRE=-lpcre -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util
|
||||
# AUXLIBS_SQLITE=-lsqlite3 -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global -lpthread
|
||||
# AUXLIBS_PGSQL=-lpq -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global
|
||||
# shared=yes
|
||||
# dynamicmaps=yes
|
||||
# pie=yes
|
||||
# daemon_directory=/usr/lib/postfix/sbin
|
||||
# html_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix/html
|
||||
# manpage_directory=/usr/share/man
|
||||
# readme_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix
|
||||
# End of summary of user-configurable 'make makefiles' options.
|
||||
#--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# System-dependent settings and compiler/linker overrides.
|
||||
SYSTYPE = LINUX4
|
||||
_AR = ar
|
||||
ARFL = rv
|
||||
_RANLIB = ranlib
|
||||
SYSLIBS = -pie -z relro -z now -lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2 -lpthread -L/build/postfix-vedmgF/postfix-3.3.0/debian -ldb -lnsl -lresolv -ldl -L/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu -licui18n -licuuc -licudata
|
||||
AUXLIBS_CDB = -lcdb -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util
|
||||
AUXLIBS_LDAP = -lldap -llber -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global
|
||||
AUXLIBS_LMDB = -llmdb -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util
|
||||
AUXLIBS_MYSQL = -lmysqlclient -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global
|
||||
AUXLIBS_PCRE = -lpcre -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util
|
||||
AUXLIBS_PGSQL = -lpq -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global
|
||||
AUXLIBS_SQLITE = -lsqlite3 -L../../lib -L. -lpostfix-util -lpostfix-global -lpthread
|
||||
CC = gcc -fPIC -I. -I../../include -DDEBIAN -DHAS_PCRE -DHAS_LDAP -DUSE_LDAP_SASL -DHAS_SQLITE -DMYORIGIN_FROM_FILE -DHAS_CDB -DHAS_LMDB -DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql -DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql -DHAS_SQLITE -I/usr/include -DHAS_SSL -I/usr/include/openssl -DUSE_SASL_AUTH -I/usr/include/sasl -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include -DHAS_DEV_URANDOM -DDEF_DAEMON_DIR=\"/usr/lib/postfix/sbin\" -DDEF_HTML_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix/html\" -DDEF_MANPAGE_DIR=\"/usr/share/man\" -DDEF_README_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix\" -DUSE_DYNAMIC_LIBS -DUSE_DYNAMIC_MAPS $(WARN)
|
||||
OPT = -O2
|
||||
DEBUG =
|
||||
AWK = awk
|
||||
STRCASE =
|
||||
EXPORT = CCARGS='-I. -I../../include -DDEBIAN -DHAS_PCRE -DHAS_LDAP -DUSE_LDAP_SASL -DHAS_SQLITE -DMYORIGIN_FROM_FILE -DHAS_CDB -DHAS_LMDB -DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql -DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql -DHAS_SQLITE -I/usr/include -DHAS_SSL -I/usr/include/openssl -DUSE_SASL_AUTH -I/usr/include/sasl -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include -DHAS_DEV_URANDOM -DDEF_DAEMON_DIR=\"/usr/lib/postfix/sbin\" -DDEF_HTML_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix/html\" -DDEF_MANPAGE_DIR=\"/usr/share/man\" -DDEF_README_DIR=\"/usr/share/doc/postfix\" -DUSE_DYNAMIC_LIBS -DUSE_DYNAMIC_MAPS' OPT='-O2' DEBUG=''
|
||||
WARN = -Wall -Wno-comment -Wformat -Wimplicit -Wmissing-prototypes \
|
||||
-Wparentheses -Wstrict-prototypes -Wswitch -Wuninitialized \
|
||||
-Wunused -Wno-missing-braces
|
||||
DEFINED_MAP_TYPES = pcre ldap sqlite cdb lmdb mysql pgsql ssl dev_urandom
|
||||
MAKE_FIX =
|
||||
# Switch between Postfix static and dynamically-linked libraries.
|
||||
AR = :
|
||||
RANLIB = :
|
||||
LIB_PREFIX = postfix-
|
||||
LIB_SUFFIX = .so
|
||||
SHLIB_CFLAGS = -fPIC
|
||||
SHLIB_DIR = /usr/lib/postfix
|
||||
SHLIB_ENV = LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/build/postfix-vedmgF/postfix-3.3.0/lib
|
||||
SHLIB_LD = gcc -shared -Wl,-soname,${LIB}
|
||||
SHLIB_SYSLIBS = -lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2 -lpthread -L/build/postfix-vedmgF/postfix-3.3.0/debian -ldb -lnsl -lresolv -ldl -L/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu -licui18n -licuuc -licudata
|
||||
SHLIB_RPATH = -Wl,--enable-new-dtags -Wl,-rpath,${SHLIB_DIR}
|
||||
# Switch between dynamicmaps.cf plugins and hard-linked databases.
|
||||
NON_PLUGIN_MAP_OBJ =
|
||||
PLUGIN_MAP_OBJ = $(MAP_OBJ)
|
||||
PLUGIN_MAP_OBJ_UPDATE = plugin_map_obj_update
|
||||
PLUGIN_MAP_SO_MAKE = plugin_map_so_make
|
||||
PLUGIN_MAP_SO_UPDATE = plugin_map_so_update
|
||||
PLUGIN_LD = gcc -shared
|
||||
POSTFIX_INSTALL_OPTS =
|
||||
# Application-specific rules.
|
||||
63
etc-relay/postfix/master.cf
Normal file
63
etc-relay/postfix/master.cf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Postfix master process configuration file. For details on the format
|
||||
# of the file, see the master(5) manual page (command: "man 5 master" or
|
||||
# on-line: http://www.postfix.org/master.5.html).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do not forget to execute "postfix reload" after editing this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ==========================================================================
|
||||
# service type private unpriv chroot wakeup maxproc command + args
|
||||
# (yes) (yes) (no) (never) (100)
|
||||
# ==========================================================================
|
||||
smtp inet n - n - - smtpd
|
||||
#smtp inet n - y - 1 postscreen
|
||||
#smtpd pass - - y - - smtpd
|
||||
#dnsblog unix - - y - 0 dnsblog
|
||||
#tlsproxy unix - - y - 0 tlsproxy
|
||||
#submission inet n - y - - smtpd
|
||||
# -o syslog_name=postfix/submission
|
||||
# -o smtpd_tls_security_level=encrypt
|
||||
# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes
|
||||
# -o smtpd_tls_auth_only=yes
|
||||
# -o smtpd_reject_unlisted_recipient=no
|
||||
# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=$mua_client_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=$mua_helo_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=$mua_sender_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=
|
||||
# -o smtpd_relay_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject
|
||||
# -o milter_macro_daemon_name=ORIGINATING
|
||||
smtps inet n - n - - smtpd
|
||||
-o syslog_name=postfix/smtps
|
||||
-o smtpd_tls_wrappermode=yes
|
||||
-o smtp_tls_security_level=encrypt
|
||||
-o smtpd_tls_req_ccert=yes
|
||||
-o relay_clientcerts=hash:/etc/postfix/relay_clientcerts
|
||||
-o smtpd_relay_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,permit_tls_clientcerts,reject_unauth_destination
|
||||
#628 inet n - y - - qmqpd
|
||||
pickup unix n - y 60 1 pickup
|
||||
cleanup unix n - y - 0 cleanup
|
||||
qmgr unix n - n 300 1 qmgr
|
||||
#qmgr unix n - n 300 1 oqmgr
|
||||
tlsmgr unix - - y 1000? 1 tlsmgr
|
||||
rewrite unix - - y - - trivial-rewrite
|
||||
bounce unix - - y - 0 bounce
|
||||
defer unix - - y - 0 bounce
|
||||
trace unix - - y - 0 bounce
|
||||
verify unix - - y - 1 verify
|
||||
flush unix n - y 1000? 0 flush
|
||||
proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap
|
||||
proxywrite unix - - n - 1 proxymap
|
||||
smtp unix - - n - - smtp
|
||||
relay unix - - y - - smtp
|
||||
-o syslog_name=postfix/$service_name
|
||||
# -o smtp_helo_timeout=5 -o smtp_connect_timeout=5
|
||||
showq unix n - y - - showq
|
||||
error unix - - y - - error
|
||||
retry unix - - y - - error
|
||||
discard unix - - y - - discard
|
||||
local unix - n n - - local
|
||||
virtual unix - n n - - virtual
|
||||
lmtp unix - - y - - lmtp
|
||||
anvil unix - - y - 1 anvil
|
||||
scache unix - - y - 1 scache
|
||||
# postlog unix-dgram n - n - 1 postlogd
|
||||
126
etc-relay/postfix/master.cf.proto
Normal file
126
etc-relay/postfix/master.cf.proto
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Postfix master process configuration file. For details on the format
|
||||
# of the file, see the master(5) manual page (command: "man 5 master" or
|
||||
# on-line: http://www.postfix.org/master.5.html).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do not forget to execute "postfix reload" after editing this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ==========================================================================
|
||||
# service type private unpriv chroot wakeup maxproc command + args
|
||||
# (yes) (yes) (no) (never) (100)
|
||||
# ==========================================================================
|
||||
smtp inet n - y - - smtpd
|
||||
#smtp inet n - y - 1 postscreen
|
||||
#smtpd pass - - y - - smtpd
|
||||
#dnsblog unix - - y - 0 dnsblog
|
||||
#tlsproxy unix - - y - 0 tlsproxy
|
||||
#submission inet n - y - - smtpd
|
||||
# -o syslog_name=postfix/submission
|
||||
# -o smtpd_tls_security_level=encrypt
|
||||
# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes
|
||||
# -o smtpd_tls_auth_only=yes
|
||||
# -o smtpd_reject_unlisted_recipient=no
|
||||
# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=$mua_client_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=$mua_helo_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=$mua_sender_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=
|
||||
# -o smtpd_relay_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject
|
||||
# -o milter_macro_daemon_name=ORIGINATING
|
||||
#smtps inet n - y - - smtpd
|
||||
# -o syslog_name=postfix/smtps
|
||||
# -o smtpd_tls_wrappermode=yes
|
||||
# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes
|
||||
# -o smtpd_reject_unlisted_recipient=no
|
||||
# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=$mua_client_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=$mua_helo_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=$mua_sender_restrictions
|
||||
# -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=
|
||||
# -o smtpd_relay_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject
|
||||
# -o milter_macro_daemon_name=ORIGINATING
|
||||
#628 inet n - y - - qmqpd
|
||||
pickup unix n - y 60 1 pickup
|
||||
cleanup unix n - y - 0 cleanup
|
||||
qmgr unix n - n 300 1 qmgr
|
||||
#qmgr unix n - n 300 1 oqmgr
|
||||
tlsmgr unix - - y 1000? 1 tlsmgr
|
||||
rewrite unix - - y - - trivial-rewrite
|
||||
bounce unix - - y - 0 bounce
|
||||
defer unix - - y - 0 bounce
|
||||
trace unix - - y - 0 bounce
|
||||
verify unix - - y - 1 verify
|
||||
flush unix n - y 1000? 0 flush
|
||||
proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap
|
||||
proxywrite unix - - n - 1 proxymap
|
||||
smtp unix - - y - - smtp
|
||||
relay unix - - y - - smtp
|
||||
-o syslog_name=postfix/$service_name
|
||||
# -o smtp_helo_timeout=5 -o smtp_connect_timeout=5
|
||||
showq unix n - y - - showq
|
||||
error unix - - y - - error
|
||||
retry unix - - y - - error
|
||||
discard unix - - y - - discard
|
||||
local unix - n n - - local
|
||||
virtual unix - n n - - virtual
|
||||
lmtp unix - - y - - lmtp
|
||||
anvil unix - - y - 1 anvil
|
||||
scache unix - - y - 1 scache
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ====================================================================
|
||||
# Interfaces to non-Postfix software. Be sure to examine the manual
|
||||
# pages of the non-Postfix software to find out what options it wants.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Many of the following services use the Postfix pipe(8) delivery
|
||||
# agent. See the pipe(8) man page for information about ${recipient}
|
||||
# and other message envelope options.
|
||||
# ====================================================================
|
||||
#
|
||||
# maildrop. See the Postfix MAILDROP_README file for details.
|
||||
# Also specify in main.cf: maildrop_destination_recipient_limit=1
|
||||
#
|
||||
maildrop unix - n n - - pipe
|
||||
flags=DRhu user=vmail argv=/usr/bin/maildrop -d ${recipient}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ====================================================================
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Recent Cyrus versions can use the existing "lmtp" master.cf entry.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify in cyrus.conf:
|
||||
# lmtp cmd="lmtpd -a" listen="localhost:lmtp" proto=tcp4
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Specify in main.cf one or more of the following:
|
||||
# mailbox_transport = lmtp:inet:localhost
|
||||
# virtual_transport = lmtp:inet:localhost
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ====================================================================
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Cyrus 2.1.5 (Amos Gouaux)
|
||||
# Also specify in main.cf: cyrus_destination_recipient_limit=1
|
||||
#
|
||||
#cyrus unix - n n - - pipe
|
||||
# user=cyrus argv=/cyrus/bin/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ====================================================================
|
||||
# Old example of delivery via Cyrus.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#old-cyrus unix - n n - - pipe
|
||||
# flags=R user=cyrus argv=/cyrus/bin/deliver -e -m ${extension} ${user}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ====================================================================
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the Postfix UUCP_README file for configuration details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
uucp unix - n n - - pipe
|
||||
flags=Fqhu user=uucp argv=uux -r -n -z -a$sender - $nexthop!rmail ($recipient)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Other external delivery methods.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ifmail unix - n n - - pipe
|
||||
flags=F user=ftn argv=/usr/lib/ifmail/ifmail -r $nexthop ($recipient)
|
||||
bsmtp unix - n n - - pipe
|
||||
flags=Fq. user=bsmtp argv=/usr/lib/bsmtp/bsmtp -t$nexthop -f$sender $recipient
|
||||
scalemail-backend unix - n n - 2 pipe
|
||||
flags=R user=scalemail argv=/usr/lib/scalemail/bin/scalemail-store ${nexthop} ${user} ${extension}
|
||||
mailman unix - n n - - pipe
|
||||
flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py
|
||||
${nexthop} ${user}
|
||||
|
||||
915
etc-relay/postfix/post-install
Normal file
915
etc-relay/postfix/post-install
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,915 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
# To view the formatted manual page of this file, type:
|
||||
# POSTFIXSOURCE/mantools/srctoman - post-install | nroff -man
|
||||
|
||||
#++
|
||||
# NAME
|
||||
# post-install
|
||||
# SUMMARY
|
||||
# Postfix post-installation script
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS
|
||||
# postfix post-install [name=value] command ...
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION
|
||||
# The post-install script performs the finishing touch of a Postfix
|
||||
# installation, after the executable programs and configuration
|
||||
# files are installed. Usage is one of the following:
|
||||
# .IP o
|
||||
# While installing Postfix from source code on the local machine, the
|
||||
# script is run by the postfix-install script to update selected file
|
||||
# or directory permissions and to update Postfix configuration files.
|
||||
# .IP o
|
||||
# While installing Postfix from a pre-built package, the script is run
|
||||
# by the package management procedure to set all file or directory
|
||||
# permissions and to update Postfix configuration files.
|
||||
# .IP o
|
||||
# The script can be used to change installation parameter settings such
|
||||
# as mail_owner or setgid_group after Postfix is already installed.
|
||||
# .IP o
|
||||
# The script can be used to upgrade configuration files and to upgrade
|
||||
# file/directory permissions of a secondary Postfix instance.
|
||||
# .IP o
|
||||
# At Postfix start-up time, the script is run from "postfix check" to
|
||||
# create missing queue directories.
|
||||
# .PP
|
||||
# The post-install script is controlled by installation parameters.
|
||||
# Specific parameters are described at the end of this document.
|
||||
# All installation parameters must be specified ahead of time via
|
||||
# one of the methods described below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Arguments
|
||||
# .IP create-missing
|
||||
# Create missing queue directories with ownerships and permissions
|
||||
# according to the contents of $meta_directory/postfix-files
|
||||
# and optionally in $meta_directory/postfix-files.d/*, using
|
||||
# the mail_owner and setgid_group parameter settings from the
|
||||
# command line, process environment or from the installed
|
||||
# main.cf file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is required at Postfix start-up time.
|
||||
# .IP set-permissions
|
||||
# Set all file/directory ownerships and permissions according to the
|
||||
# contents of $meta_directory/postfix-files and optionally
|
||||
# in $meta_directory/postfix-files.d/*, using the mail_owner
|
||||
# and setgid_group parameter settings from the command line,
|
||||
# process environment or from the installed main.cf file.
|
||||
# Implies create-missing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is required when installing Postfix from a pre-built package,
|
||||
# or when changing the mail_owner or setgid_group installation parameter
|
||||
# settings after Postfix is already installed.
|
||||
# .IP upgrade-permissions
|
||||
# Update ownership and permission of existing files/directories as
|
||||
# specified in $meta_directory/postfix-files and optionally
|
||||
# in $meta_directory/postfix-files.d/*, using the mail_owner
|
||||
# and setgid_group parameter settings from the command line,
|
||||
# process environment or from the installed main.cf file.
|
||||
# Implies create-missing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is required when upgrading an existing Postfix instance.
|
||||
# .IP upgrade-configuration
|
||||
# Edit the installed main.cf and master.cf files, in order to account
|
||||
# for missing services and to fix deprecated parameter settings.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is required when upgrading an existing Postfix instance.
|
||||
# .IP upgrade-source
|
||||
# Short-hand for: upgrade-permissions upgrade-configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is recommended when upgrading Postfix from source code.
|
||||
# .IP upgrade-package
|
||||
# Short-hand for: set-permissions upgrade-configuration.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is recommended when upgrading Postfix from a pre-built package.
|
||||
# .IP first-install-reminder
|
||||
# Remind the user that they still need to configure main.cf and the
|
||||
# aliases file, and that newaliases still needs to be run.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This is recommended when Postfix is installed for the first time.
|
||||
# MULTIPLE POSTFIX INSTANCES
|
||||
# .ad
|
||||
# .fi
|
||||
# Multiple Postfix instances on the same machine can share command and
|
||||
# daemon program files but must have separate configuration and queue
|
||||
# directories.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To create a secondary Postfix installation on the same machine,
|
||||
# copy the configuration files from the primary Postfix instance to
|
||||
# a secondary configuration directory and execute:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# postfix post-install config_directory=secondary-config-directory \e
|
||||
# .in +4
|
||||
# queue_directory=secondary-queue-directory \e
|
||||
# .br
|
||||
# create-missing
|
||||
# .PP
|
||||
# This creates secondary Postfix queue directories, sets their access
|
||||
# permissions, and saves the specified installation parameters to the
|
||||
# secondary main.cf file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Be sure to list the secondary configuration directory in the
|
||||
# alternate_config_directories parameter in the primary main.cf file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To upgrade a secondary Postfix installation on the same machine,
|
||||
# execute:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# postfix post-install config_directory=secondary-config-directory \e
|
||||
# .in +4
|
||||
# upgrade-permissions upgrade-configuration
|
||||
# INSTALLATION PARAMETER INPUT METHODS
|
||||
# .ad
|
||||
# .fi
|
||||
# Parameter settings can be specified through a variety of
|
||||
# mechanisms. In order of decreasing precedence these are:
|
||||
# .IP "command line"
|
||||
# Parameter settings can be given as name=value arguments on
|
||||
# the post-install command line. These have the highest precedence.
|
||||
# Settings that override the installed main.cf file are saved.
|
||||
# .IP "process environment"
|
||||
# Parameter settings can be given as name=value environment
|
||||
# variables.
|
||||
# Settings that override the installed main.cf file are saved.
|
||||
# .IP "installed configuration files"
|
||||
# If a parameter is not specified via the command line or via the
|
||||
# process environment, post-install will attempt to extract its
|
||||
# value from the already installed Postfix main.cf configuration file.
|
||||
# These settings have the lowest precedence.
|
||||
# INSTALLATION PARAMETER DESCRIPTION
|
||||
# .ad
|
||||
# .fi
|
||||
# The description of installation parameters is as follows:
|
||||
# .IP config_directory
|
||||
# The directory for Postfix configuration files.
|
||||
# .IP daemon_directory
|
||||
# The directory for Postfix daemon programs. This directory
|
||||
# should not be in the command search path of any users.
|
||||
# .IP command_directory
|
||||
# The directory for Postfix administrative commands. This
|
||||
# directory should be in the command search path of adminstrative users.
|
||||
# .IP queue_directory
|
||||
# The directory for Postfix queues.
|
||||
# .IP data_directory
|
||||
# The directory for Postfix writable data files (caches, etc.).
|
||||
# .IP sendmail_path
|
||||
# The full pathname for the Postfix sendmail command.
|
||||
# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface.
|
||||
# .IP newaliases_path
|
||||
# The full pathname for the Postfix newaliases command.
|
||||
# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases
|
||||
# for the Postfix local delivery agent.
|
||||
# .IP mailq_path
|
||||
# The full pathname for the Postfix mailq command.
|
||||
# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to list the mail queue.
|
||||
# .IP mail_owner
|
||||
# The owner of the Postfix queue. Its numerical user ID and group ID
|
||||
# must not be used by any other accounts on the system.
|
||||
# .IP setgid_group
|
||||
# The group for mail submission and for queue management commands.
|
||||
# Its numerical group ID must not be used by any other accounts on the
|
||||
# system, not even by the mail_owner account.
|
||||
# .IP html_directory
|
||||
# The directory for the Postfix HTML files.
|
||||
# .IP manpage_directory
|
||||
# The directory for the Postfix on-line manual pages.
|
||||
# .IP sample_directory
|
||||
# The directory for the Postfix sample configuration files.
|
||||
# This feature is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1.
|
||||
# .IP readme_directory
|
||||
# The directory for the Postfix README files.
|
||||
# .IP shlib_directory
|
||||
# The directory for the Postfix shared-library files, and for
|
||||
# the Postfix dabatase plugin files with a relative pathname
|
||||
# in the file dynamicmaps.cf.
|
||||
# .IP meta_directory
|
||||
# The directory for non-executable files that are shared
|
||||
# among multiple Postfix instances, such as postfix-files,
|
||||
# dynamicmaps.cf, as well as the multi-instance template files
|
||||
# main.cf.proto and master.cf.proto.
|
||||
# SEE ALSO
|
||||
# postfix-install(1) Postfix primary installation script.
|
||||
# FILES
|
||||
# $config_directory/main.cf, Postfix installation parameters.
|
||||
# $meta_directory/postfix-files, installation control file.
|
||||
# $meta_directory/postfix-files.d/*, optional control files.
|
||||
# $config_directory/install.cf, obsolete configuration file.
|
||||
# LICENSE
|
||||
# .ad
|
||||
# .fi
|
||||
# The Secure Mailer license must be distributed with this software.
|
||||
# AUTHOR(S)
|
||||
# Wietse Venema
|
||||
# IBM T.J. Watson Research
|
||||
# P.O. Box 704
|
||||
# Yorktown Heights, NY 10598, USA
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wietse Venema
|
||||
# Google, Inc.
|
||||
# 111 8th Avenue
|
||||
# New York, NY 10011, USA
|
||||
#--
|
||||
|
||||
umask 022
|
||||
|
||||
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/etc:/sbin:/etc:/usr/contrib/bin:/usr/gnu/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/bsd
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
IFS="
|
||||
"
|
||||
BACKUP_IFS="$IFS"
|
||||
debug=:
|
||||
#debug=echo
|
||||
MOST_PARAMETERS="command_directory daemon_directory data_directory
|
||||
html_directory mail_owner mailq_path manpage_directory
|
||||
newaliases_path queue_directory readme_directory sample_directory
|
||||
sendmail_path setgid_group shlib_directory meta_directory"
|
||||
NON_SHARED="config_directory queue_directory data_directory"
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE="Usage: $0 [name=value] command
|
||||
create-missing Create missing queue directories.
|
||||
upgrade-source When installing or upgrading from source code.
|
||||
upgrade-package When installing or upgrading from pre-built package.
|
||||
first-install-reminder Remind of mandatory first-time configuration steps.
|
||||
name=value Specify an installation parameter".
|
||||
|
||||
# Process command-line options and parameter settings. Work around
|
||||
# brain damaged shells. "IFS=value command" should not make the
|
||||
# IFS=value setting permanent. But some broken standard allows it.
|
||||
|
||||
create=; set_perms=; upgrade_perms=; upgrade_conf=; first_install_reminder=
|
||||
obsolete=; keep_list=;
|
||||
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
*[" "]*) echo $0: "Error: argument contains whitespace: '$arg'"
|
||||
exit 1;;
|
||||
*=*) IFS= eval $arg; IFS="$BACKUP_IFS";;
|
||||
create-missing) create=1;;
|
||||
set-perm*) create=1; set_perms=1;;
|
||||
upgrade-perm*) create=1; upgrade_perms=1;;
|
||||
upgrade-conf*) upgrade_conf=1;;
|
||||
upgrade-source) create=1; upgrade_conf=1; upgrade_perms=1;;
|
||||
upgrade-package) create=1; upgrade_conf=1; set_perms=1;;
|
||||
first-install*) first_install_reminder=1;;
|
||||
*) echo "$0: Error: $USAGE" 1>&2; exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# Sanity checks.
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$create$upgrade_conf$first_install_reminder" || {
|
||||
echo "$0: Error: $USAGE" 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Bootstrapping problem.
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -n "$command_directory" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
POSTCONF="$command_directory/postconf"
|
||||
else
|
||||
POSTCONF="postconf"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
$POSTCONF -d mail_version >/dev/null 2>/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo $0: Error: no $POSTCONF command found. 1>&2
|
||||
echo Re-run this command as $0 command_directory=/some/where. 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Also used to require license etc. files only in the default instance.
|
||||
|
||||
def_config_directory=`$POSTCONF -d -h config_directory` || exit 1
|
||||
test -n "$config_directory" ||
|
||||
config_directory="$def_config_directory"
|
||||
|
||||
test -d "$config_directory" || {
|
||||
echo $0: Error: $config_directory is not a directory. 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is a secondary instance, don't touch shared files.
|
||||
# XXX Solaris does not have "test -e".
|
||||
|
||||
instances=`test ! -f $def_config_directory/main.cf ||
|
||||
$POSTCONF -c $def_config_directory -h multi_instance_directories |
|
||||
sed 's/,/ /'` || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
update_shared_files=1
|
||||
for name in $instances
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$name" in
|
||||
"$def_config_directory") ;;
|
||||
"$config_directory") update_shared_files=; break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
test -f $meta_directory/postfix-files || {
|
||||
echo $0: Error: $meta_directory/postfix-files is not a file. 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# SunOS5 fmt(1) truncates lines > 1000 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
fake_fmt() {
|
||||
sed '
|
||||
:top
|
||||
/^\( *\)\([^ ][^ ]*\) */{
|
||||
s//\1\2\
|
||||
\1/
|
||||
P
|
||||
D
|
||||
b top
|
||||
}
|
||||
' | fmt
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case `uname -s` in
|
||||
HP-UX*) FMT=cat;;
|
||||
SunOS*) FMT=fake_fmt;;
|
||||
*) FMT=fmt;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# If a parameter is not set via the command line or environment,
|
||||
# try to use settings from installed configuration files.
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract parameter settings from the obsolete install.cf file, as
|
||||
# a transitional aid.
|
||||
|
||||
grep setgid_group $config_directory/main.cf >/dev/null 2>&1 || {
|
||||
test -f $config_directory/install.cf && {
|
||||
for name in sendmail_path newaliases_path mailq_path setgid manpages
|
||||
do
|
||||
eval junk=\$$name
|
||||
case "$junk" in
|
||||
"") eval unset $name;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
eval : \${$name="\`. $config_directory/install.cf; echo \$$name\`"} \
|
||||
|| exit 1
|
||||
done
|
||||
: ${setgid_group=$setgid}
|
||||
: ${manpage_directory=$manpages}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract parameter settings from the installed main.cf file.
|
||||
|
||||
test -f $config_directory/main.cf && {
|
||||
for name in $MOST_PARAMETERS
|
||||
do
|
||||
eval junk=\$$name
|
||||
case "$junk" in
|
||||
"") eval unset $name;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
eval : \${$name=\`$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -h $name\`} || exit 1
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Sanity checks
|
||||
|
||||
case $manpage_directory in
|
||||
no) echo $0: Error: manpage_directory no longer accepts \"no\" values. 1>&2
|
||||
echo Try again with \"$0 manpage_directory=/pathname ...\". 1>&2; exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
case $setgid_group in
|
||||
no) echo $0: Error: setgid_group no longer accepts \"no\" values. 1>&2
|
||||
echo Try again with \"$0 setgid_group=groupname ...\" 1>&2; exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
for path in "$daemon_directory" "$command_directory" "$queue_directory" \
|
||||
"$sendmail_path" "$newaliases_path" "$mailq_path" "$manpage_directory" \
|
||||
"$meta_directory"
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$path" in
|
||||
/*) ;;
|
||||
*) echo $0: Error: \"$path\" should be an absolute path name. 1>&2; exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
for path in "$html_directory" "$readme_directory" "$shlib_directory"
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$path" in
|
||||
/*) ;;
|
||||
no) ;;
|
||||
*) echo $0: Error: \"$path\" should be \"no\" or an absolute path name. 1>&2; exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# Find out what parameters were not specified via command line,
|
||||
# via environment, or via installed configuration files.
|
||||
|
||||
missing=
|
||||
for name in $MOST_PARAMETERS
|
||||
do
|
||||
eval test -n \"\$$name\" || missing="$missing $name"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# All parameters must be specified at this point.
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$non_interactive" -a -n "$missing" && {
|
||||
cat <<EOF | ${FMT} 1>&2
|
||||
$0: Error: some required installation parameters are not defined.
|
||||
|
||||
- Either the parameters need to be given in the $config_directory/main.cf
|
||||
file from a recent Postfix installation,
|
||||
|
||||
- Or the parameters need to be specified through the process
|
||||
environment.
|
||||
|
||||
- Or the parameters need to be specified as name=value arguments
|
||||
on the $0 command line,
|
||||
|
||||
The following parameters were missing:
|
||||
|
||||
$missing
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
POSTCONF="$command_directory/postconf"
|
||||
|
||||
# Save settings, allowing command line/environment override.
|
||||
|
||||
# Undo MAIL_VERSION expansion at the end of a parameter value. If
|
||||
# someone really wants the expanded mail version in main.cf, then
|
||||
# we're sorry.
|
||||
|
||||
# Confine side effects from mail_version unexpansion within a subshell.
|
||||
|
||||
(case "$mail_version" in
|
||||
"") mail_version="`$POSTCONF -dhx mail_version`" || exit 1
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
for name in $MOST_PARAMETERS
|
||||
do
|
||||
eval junk=\$$name
|
||||
case "$junk" in
|
||||
*"$mail_version"*)
|
||||
case "$pattern" in
|
||||
"") pattern=`echo "$mail_version" | sed 's/\./\\\\./g'` || exit 1
|
||||
esac
|
||||
val=`echo "$junk" | sed "s/$pattern"'$/${mail_version}/g'` || exit 1
|
||||
eval ${name}='"$val"'
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# XXX Maybe update main.cf only with first install, upgrade, set
|
||||
# permissions, and what else? Should there be a warning otherwise?
|
||||
|
||||
override=
|
||||
for name in $MOST_PARAMETERS
|
||||
do
|
||||
eval junk=\"\$$name\"
|
||||
test "$junk" = "`$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -h $name`" || {
|
||||
override=1
|
||||
break
|
||||
}
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$override" && {
|
||||
$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -e \
|
||||
"daemon_directory = $daemon_directory" \
|
||||
"command_directory = $command_directory" \
|
||||
"queue_directory = $queue_directory" \
|
||||
"data_directory = $data_directory" \
|
||||
"mail_owner = $mail_owner" \
|
||||
"setgid_group = $setgid_group" \
|
||||
"sendmail_path = $sendmail_path" \
|
||||
"mailq_path = $mailq_path" \
|
||||
"newaliases_path = $newaliases_path" \
|
||||
"html_directory = $html_directory" \
|
||||
"manpage_directory = $manpage_directory" \
|
||||
"sample_directory = $sample_directory" \
|
||||
"readme_directory = $readme_directory" \
|
||||
"shlib_directory = $shlib_directory" \
|
||||
"meta_directory = $meta_directory" \
|
||||
|| exit 1
|
||||
} || exit 0) || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
# Use file/directory status information in $meta_directory/postfix-files.
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$create" && {
|
||||
postfix_files_d=$meta_directory/postfix-files.d
|
||||
for postfix_file in $meta_directory/postfix-files \
|
||||
`test -d $postfix_files_d && { find $postfix_files_d -type f | sort; }`
|
||||
do
|
||||
exec <$postfix_file || exit 1
|
||||
while IFS=: read path type owner group mode flags junk
|
||||
do
|
||||
IFS="$BACKUP_IFS"
|
||||
set_permission=
|
||||
# Skip comments. Skip shared files, if updating a secondary instance.
|
||||
case $path in
|
||||
[$]*) case "$update_shared_files" in
|
||||
1) $debug keep non-shared or shared $path;;
|
||||
*) non_shared=
|
||||
for name in $NON_SHARED
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $path in
|
||||
"\$$name"*) non_shared=1; break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
case "$non_shared" in
|
||||
1) $debug keep non-shared $path;;
|
||||
*) $debug skip shared $path; continue;;
|
||||
esac;;
|
||||
esac;;
|
||||
*) continue;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
# Skip hard links and symbolic links.
|
||||
case $type in
|
||||
[hl]) continue;;
|
||||
[df]) ;;
|
||||
*) echo unknown type $type for $path in $postfix_file 1>&2; exit 1;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
# Expand $name, and canonicalize null fields.
|
||||
for name in path owner group flags
|
||||
do
|
||||
eval junk=\${$name}
|
||||
case $junk in
|
||||
[$]*) eval $name=$junk;;
|
||||
-) eval $name=;;
|
||||
*) ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
# Skip uninstalled files.
|
||||
case $path in
|
||||
no|no/*) continue;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
# Pick up the flags.
|
||||
case $flags in *u*) upgrade_flag=1;; *) upgrade_flag=;; esac
|
||||
case $flags in *c*) create_flag=1;; *) create_flag=;; esac
|
||||
case $flags in *r*) recursive="-R";; *) recursive=;; esac
|
||||
case $flags in *o*) obsolete_flag=1;; *) obsolete_flag=;; esac
|
||||
case $flags in *[1i]*) test ! -r "$path" -a "$config_directory" != \
|
||||
"$def_config_directory" && continue;; esac
|
||||
# Flag obsolete objects. XXX Solaris 2..9 does not have "test -e".
|
||||
if [ -n "$obsolete_flag" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
test -r $path -a "$type" != "d" && obsolete="$obsolete $path"
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
else
|
||||
keep_list="$keep_list $path"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Create missing directories with proper owner/group/mode settings.
|
||||
if [ -n "$create" -a "$type" = "d" -a -n "$create_flag" -a ! -d "$path" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
mkdir $path || exit 1
|
||||
set_permission=1
|
||||
# Update all owner/group/mode settings.
|
||||
elif [ -n "$set_perms" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
set_permission=1
|
||||
# Update obsolete owner/group/mode settings.
|
||||
elif [ -n "$upgrade_perms" -a -n "$upgrade_flag" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
set_permission=1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
test -n "$set_permission" && {
|
||||
chown $recursive $owner $path || exit 1
|
||||
test -z "$group" || chgrp $recursive $group $path || exit 1
|
||||
# Don't "chmod -R"; queue file status is encoded in mode bits.
|
||||
if [ "$type" = "d" -a -n "$recursive" ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
find $path -type d -exec chmod $mode "{}" ";"
|
||||
else
|
||||
chmod $mode $path
|
||||
fi || exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS="$BACKUP_IFS"
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Upgrade existing Postfix configuration files if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$upgrade_conf" && {
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.0.
|
||||
# Add missing relay service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^relay' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for relay service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
relay unix - - n - - smtp
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 1.1.
|
||||
# Add missing flush service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^flush.*flush' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for flush service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
flush unix - - n 1000? 0 flush
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.1.
|
||||
# Add missing trace service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep 'trace.*bounce' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for trace service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
trace unix - - n - 0 bounce
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.1.
|
||||
# Add missing verify service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^verify.*verify' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for verify service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
verify unix - - n - 1 verify
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.1.
|
||||
# Fix verify service process limit.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^verify.*[ ]0[ ]*verify' \
|
||||
$config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null && {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, setting verify process limit to 1
|
||||
ed $config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
/^verify.*[ ]0[ ]*verify/
|
||||
s/\([ ]\)0\([ ]\)/\11\2/
|
||||
p
|
||||
w
|
||||
q
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 1.1.
|
||||
# Change privileged pickup service into unprivileged.
|
||||
|
||||
grep "^pickup[ ]*fifo[ ]*n[ ]*n" \
|
||||
$config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null && {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, making the pickup service unprivileged
|
||||
ed $config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
/^pickup[ ]*fifo[ ]*n[ ]*n/
|
||||
s/\(n[ ]*\)n/\1-/
|
||||
p
|
||||
w
|
||||
q
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 1.1.
|
||||
# Change private cleanup and flush services into public.
|
||||
|
||||
for name in cleanup flush
|
||||
do
|
||||
grep "^$name[ ]*unix[ ]*[-y]" \
|
||||
$config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null && {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, making the $name service public
|
||||
ed $config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
/^$name[ ]*unix[ ]*[-y]/
|
||||
s/[-y]/n/
|
||||
p
|
||||
w
|
||||
q
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.2.
|
||||
# File systems have improved since Postfix came out, and all we
|
||||
# require now is that defer and deferred are hashed because those
|
||||
# can contain lots of files.
|
||||
|
||||
found=`$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -h hash_queue_names`
|
||||
missing=
|
||||
(echo "$found" | grep defer >/dev/null) || missing="$missing defer"
|
||||
(echo "$found" | grep deferred>/dev/null)|| missing="$missing deferred"
|
||||
test -n "$missing" && {
|
||||
echo fixing main.cf hash_queue_names for missing $missing
|
||||
$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -e hash_queue_names="$found$missing" ||
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Turn on safety nets for new features that could bounce mail that
|
||||
# would be accepted by a previous Postfix version.
|
||||
|
||||
# [The "unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 450" safety net,
|
||||
# introduced with Postfix 2.0 and deleted after Postfix 2.3.]
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.0.
|
||||
# Add missing proxymap service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^proxymap.*proxymap' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for proxymap service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.1.
|
||||
# Add missing anvil service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^anvil.*anvil' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for anvil service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
anvil unix - - n - 1 anvil
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.2.
|
||||
# Add missing scache service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^scache.*scache' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for scache service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
scache unix - - n - 1 scache
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.2.
|
||||
# Add missing discard service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^discard.*discard' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for discard service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
discard unix - - n - - discard
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.2.
|
||||
# Update the tlsmgr fifo->unix service.
|
||||
|
||||
grep "^tlsmgr[ ]*fifo[ ]" \
|
||||
$config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null && {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, updating the tlsmgr from fifo to unix service
|
||||
ed $config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
/^tlsmgr[ ]*fifo[ ]/
|
||||
s/fifo/unix/
|
||||
s/[0-9][0-9]*/&?/
|
||||
p
|
||||
w
|
||||
q
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.2.
|
||||
# Add missing tlsmgr service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^tlsmgr.*tlsmgr' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for tlsmgr service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
tlsmgr unix - - n 1000? 1 tlsmgr
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.2.
|
||||
# Add missing retry service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^retry.*error' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for retry service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
retry unix - - n - - error
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.5.
|
||||
# Add missing proxywrite service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^proxywrite.*proxymap' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for proxywrite service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
proxywrite unix - - n - 1 proxymap
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.5.
|
||||
# Fix a typo in the default master.cf proxywrite entry.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^proxywrite.*-[ ]*proxymap' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null && {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, setting proxywrite process limit to 1
|
||||
ed $config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
/^proxywrite.*-[ ]*proxymap/
|
||||
s/-\([ ]*proxymap\)/1\1/
|
||||
p
|
||||
w
|
||||
q
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.8.
|
||||
# Add missing postscreen service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^#*smtp.*postscreen' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for postscreen TCP service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
#smtp inet n - n - 1 postscreen
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.8.
|
||||
# Add missing smtpd (unix-domain) service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^#*smtpd.*smtpd' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for smtpd unix-domain service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
#smtpd pass - - n - - smtpd
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.8.
|
||||
# Add temporary dnsblog (unix-domain) service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^#*dnsblog.*dnsblog' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for dnsblog unix-domain service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
#dnsblog unix - - n - 0 dnsblog
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.8.
|
||||
# Add tlsproxy (unix-domain) service to master.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
grep '^#*tlsproxy.*tlsproxy' $config_directory/master.cf >/dev/null || {
|
||||
echo Editing $config_directory/master.cf, adding missing entry for tlsproxy unix-domain service
|
||||
cat >>$config_directory/master.cf <<EOF || exit 1
|
||||
#tlsproxy unix - - n - 0 tlsproxy
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Report (but do not remove) obsolete files.
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$obsolete" && {
|
||||
cat <<EOF | ${FMT}
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the following files or directories still exist but are
|
||||
no longer part of Postfix:
|
||||
|
||||
$obsolete
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Postfix 2.9.
|
||||
# Safety net for incompatible changes in IPv6 defaults.
|
||||
# PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS CODE. ITS PURPOSE IS TO AVOID AN
|
||||
# UNEXPECTED DROP IN PERFORMANCE AFTER UPGRADING FROM POSTFIX
|
||||
# BEFORE 2.9.
|
||||
# This code assumes that the default is "inet_protocols = ipv4"
|
||||
# when IPv6 support is not compiled in. See util/sys_defs.h.
|
||||
|
||||
test "`$POSTCONF -dh inet_protocols`" = "ipv4" ||
|
||||
test -n "`$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -n inet_protocols`" || {
|
||||
cat <<EOF | ${FMT}
|
||||
COMPATIBILITY: editing $config_directory/main.cf, setting
|
||||
inet_protocols=ipv4. Specify inet_protocols explicitly if you
|
||||
want to enable IPv6.
|
||||
In a future release IPv6 will be enabled by default.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
$POSTCONF -c $config_directory inet_protocols=ipv4 || exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Disabled because unhelpful down-stream maintainers disable the safety net.
|
||||
# # Postfix 2.10.
|
||||
# # Safety net for incompatible changes due to the introduction
|
||||
# # of the smtpd_relay_restrictions feature to separate the
|
||||
# # mail relay policy from the spam blocking policy.
|
||||
# # PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS CODE. ITS PURPOSE IS TO PREVENT
|
||||
# # INBOUND MAIL FROM UNEXPECTEDLY BOUNCING AFTER UPGRADING FROM
|
||||
# # POSTFIX BEFORE 2.10.
|
||||
# test -n "`$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -n smtpd_relay_restrictions`" || {
|
||||
# cat <<EOF | ${FMT}
|
||||
# COMPATIBILITY: editing $config_directory/main.cf, overriding
|
||||
# smtpd_relay_restrictions to prevent inbound mail from
|
||||
# unexpectedly bouncing.
|
||||
# Specify an empty smtpd_relay_restrictions value to keep using
|
||||
# smtpd_recipient_restrictions as before.
|
||||
#EOF
|
||||
# $POSTCONF -c $config_directory "smtpd_relay_restrictions = \
|
||||
# permit_mynetworks permit_sasl_authenticated \
|
||||
# defer_unauth_destination" || exit 1
|
||||
# }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# A reminder if this is the first time Postfix is being installed.
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$first_install_reminder" && {
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES=`$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -h alias_database | sed 's/^[^:]*://'`
|
||||
NEWALIASES_PATH=`$POSTCONF -c $config_directory -h newaliases_path`
|
||||
cat <<EOF | ${FMT}
|
||||
|
||||
Warning: you still need to edit myorigin/mydestination/mynetworks
|
||||
parameter settings in $config_directory/main.cf.
|
||||
|
||||
See also http://www.postfix.org/STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README.html
|
||||
for information about dialup sites or about sites inside a
|
||||
firewalled network.
|
||||
|
||||
BTW: Check your $ALIASES file and be sure to set up aliases
|
||||
that send mail for root and postmaster to a real person, then
|
||||
run $NEWALIASES_PATH.
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
221
etc-relay/postfix/postfix-files
Normal file
221
etc-relay/postfix/postfix-files
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do not edit this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file controls the postfix-install script for installation of
|
||||
# Postfix programs, configuration files and documentation, as well
|
||||
# as the post-install script for setting permissions and for updating
|
||||
# Postfix configuration files. See the respective manual pages within
|
||||
# the script files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do not list $command_directory or $shlib_directory in this file,
|
||||
# or it will be blown away by a future Postfix uninstallation
|
||||
# procedure. You would not want to lose all files in /usr/sbin or
|
||||
# /usr/local/lib.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Each record in this file describes one file or directory.
|
||||
# Fields are separated by ":". Specify a null field as "-".
|
||||
# Missing fields or separators at the end are OK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# File format:
|
||||
# name:type:owner:group:permission:flags
|
||||
# No group means don't change group ownership.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# File types:
|
||||
# d=directory
|
||||
# f=regular file
|
||||
# h=hard link (*)
|
||||
# l=symbolic link (*)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# (*) With hard links and symbolic links, the owner field becomes the
|
||||
# source pathname, while the group and permissions are ignored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# File flags:
|
||||
# No flag means the flag is not active.
|
||||
# p=preserve existing file, do not replace (postfix-install).
|
||||
# u=update owner/group/mode (post-install upgrade-permissions).
|
||||
# c=create missing directory (post-install create-missing).
|
||||
# r=apply owner/group recursively (post-install set/upgrade-permissions).
|
||||
# o=obsolete, no longer part of Postfix
|
||||
# 1=optional for non-default instance (config_dir != built-in default).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: the "u" flag is for upgrading the permissions of existing files
|
||||
# or directories after changes in Postfix architecture. For robustness
|
||||
# it is a good idea to "u" all the files that have special ownership or
|
||||
# permissions, so that running "make install" fixes any glitches.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note: order matters. Update shared libraries and database plugins
|
||||
# before daemon/command-line programs.
|
||||
$config_directory:d:root:-:755:u
|
||||
$data_directory:d:$mail_owner:-:700:uc
|
||||
$daemon_directory:d:root:-:755:u
|
||||
$queue_directory:d:root:-:755:uc
|
||||
$queue_directory/active:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/bounce:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/corrupt:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/defer:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/deferred:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/flush:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/hold:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/incoming:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/private:d:$mail_owner:-:700:uc
|
||||
$queue_directory/maildrop:d:$mail_owner:$setgid_group:730:uc
|
||||
$queue_directory/public:d:$mail_owner:$setgid_group:710:uc
|
||||
$queue_directory/pid:d:root:-:755:uc
|
||||
$queue_directory/saved:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
$queue_directory/trace:d:$mail_owner:-:700:ucr
|
||||
# Update shared libraries and plugins before daemon or command-line programs.
|
||||
$shlib_directory/libpostfix-util.so:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$shlib_directory/libpostfix-global.so:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$shlib_directory/libpostfix-dns.so:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$shlib_directory/libpostfix-tls.so:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$shlib_directory/libpostfix-master.so:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$meta_directory/dynamicmaps.cf.d:d:root:-:755
|
||||
$meta_directory/dynamicmaps.cf:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$meta_directory/main.cf.proto:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$meta_directory/makedefs.out:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$meta_directory/master.cf.proto:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$meta_directory/postfix-files.d:d:root:-:755
|
||||
$meta_directory/postfix-files:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$daemon_directory/anvil:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/bounce:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/cleanup:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/discard:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/dnsblog:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/error:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/flush:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/local:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/main.cf:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master.cf:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/oqmgr:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/pickup:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/pipe:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/post-install:f:root:-:755
|
||||
# In case meta_directory == daemon_directory.
|
||||
#$daemon_directory/postfix-files:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
#$daemon_directory/postfix-files.d:d:root:-:755:o
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-tls-script:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-wrapper:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postmulti-script:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postscreen:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/proxymap:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/qmgr:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/qmqpd:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/scache:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/showq:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/smtp:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/smtpd:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/spawn:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/tlsproxy:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/tlsmgr:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/trivial-rewrite:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/verify:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/virtual:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$daemon_directory/nqmgr:h:$daemon_directory/qmgr
|
||||
$daemon_directory/lmtp:h:$daemon_directory/smtp
|
||||
$command_directory/postalias:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postcat:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postconf:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postfix:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postkick:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postlock:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postlog:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postmap:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postmulti:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postsuper:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$command_directory/postdrop:f:root:$setgid_group:2755:u
|
||||
$command_directory/postqueue:f:root:$setgid_group:2755:u
|
||||
$sendmail_path:f:root:-:755
|
||||
$newaliases_path:l:$sendmail_path
|
||||
$mailq_path:l:$sendmail_path
|
||||
# Empty files not shipped in Debian
|
||||
#$config_directory/access:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
#$config_directory/aliases:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
#$config_directory/bounce.cf.default:f:root:-:644:1
|
||||
#$config_directory/canonical:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
#$config_directory/cidr_table:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
#$config_directory/generic:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
#$config_directory/generics:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
#$config_directory/header_checks:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
#$config_directory/install.cf:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
#$config_directory/main.cf.default:f:root:-:644:1
|
||||
$config_directory/main.cf:f:root:-:644:p
|
||||
$config_directory/master.cf:f:root:-:644:p
|
||||
#$config_directory/regexp_table:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
#$config_directory/relocated:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
#$config_directory/tcp_table:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
#$config_directory/transport:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
#$config_directory/virtual:f:root:-:644:p1
|
||||
$config_directory/postfix-script:f:root:-:755:o
|
||||
#$config_directory/postfix-script-sgid:f:root:-:755:o
|
||||
#$config_directory/postfix-script-nosgid:f:root:-:755:o
|
||||
$config_directory/post-install:f:root:-:755:o
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/mailq.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/newaliases.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postalias.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postcat.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postconf.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postdrop.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postfix.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postfix-tls.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postkick.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postlock.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postlog.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postmap.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postmulti.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postqueue.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/postsuper.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man1/sendmail.1.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/access.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/aliases.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/body_checks.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/bounce.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/canonical.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/cidr_table.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/generics.5.gz:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/generic.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/header_checks.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/master.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/memcache_table.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/socketmap_table.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/nisplus_table.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/postconf.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/postfix-wrapper.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/regexp_table.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/relocated.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/tcp_table.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/transport.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man5/virtual.5.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/bounce.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/cleanup.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/anvil.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/defer.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/discard.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/dnsblog.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/error.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/flush.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/lmtp.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/local.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/master.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/nqmgr.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644:o
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/oqmgr.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644:
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/pickup.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/pipe.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/postfix-add-filter.8.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/postfix-add-policy.8.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/postscreen.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/proxymap.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/qmgr.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/qmqpd.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/scache.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/showq.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/smtp.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/smtpd.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/spawn.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/tlsproxy.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/tlsmgr.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/trace.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/trivial-rewrite.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/verify.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
$manpage_directory/man8/virtual.8postfix.gz:f:root:-:644
|
||||
428
etc-relay/postfix/postfix-script
Normal file
428
etc-relay/postfix/postfix-script
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#++
|
||||
# NAME
|
||||
# postfix-script 1
|
||||
# SUMMARY
|
||||
# execute Postfix administrative commands
|
||||
# SYNOPSIS
|
||||
# \fBpostfix-script\fR \fIcommand\fR
|
||||
# DESCRIPTION
|
||||
# The \fBpostfix-script\fR script executes Postfix administrative
|
||||
# commands in an environment that is set up by the \fBpostfix\fR(1)
|
||||
# command.
|
||||
# SEE ALSO
|
||||
# master(8) Postfix master program
|
||||
# postfix(1) Postfix administrative interface
|
||||
# LICENSE
|
||||
# .ad
|
||||
# .fi
|
||||
# The Secure Mailer license must be distributed with this software.
|
||||
# AUTHOR(S)
|
||||
# Wietse Venema
|
||||
# IBM T.J. Watson Research
|
||||
# P.O. Box 704
|
||||
# Yorktown Heights, NY 10598, USA
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wietse Venema
|
||||
# Google, Inc.
|
||||
# 111 8th Avenue
|
||||
# New York, NY 10011, USA
|
||||
#--
|
||||
|
||||
# Avoid POSIX death due to SIGHUP when some parent process exits.
|
||||
|
||||
trap '' 1
|
||||
|
||||
case $daemon_directory in
|
||||
"") echo This script must be run by the postfix command. 1>&2
|
||||
echo Do not run directly. 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
LOGGER="$command_directory/postlog -t $MAIL_LOGTAG/postfix-script"
|
||||
INFO="$LOGGER -p info"
|
||||
WARN="$LOGGER -p warn"
|
||||
ERROR="$LOGGER -p error"
|
||||
FATAL="$LOGGER -p fatal"
|
||||
PANIC="$LOGGER -p panic"
|
||||
|
||||
if [ "X${1#quiet-}" != "X${1}" ]; then
|
||||
INFO=:
|
||||
x=${1#quiet-}
|
||||
shift
|
||||
set -- $x "$@"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
umask 022
|
||||
SHELL=/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Can't do much without these in place.
|
||||
#
|
||||
cd $command_directory || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix command directory $command_directory!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
cd $daemon_directory || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix daemon directory $daemon_directory!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
test -f master || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix master program $daemon_directory/master!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
cd $config_directory || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix configuration directory $config_directory!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
case $shlib_directory in
|
||||
no) ;;
|
||||
*) cd $shlib_directory || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix shared-library directory $shlib_directory!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
esac
|
||||
cd $meta_directory || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix meta directory $meta_directory!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
cd $queue_directory || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix queue directory $queue_directory!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
def_config_directory=`$command_directory/postconf -dh config_directory` || {
|
||||
$FATAL cannot execute $command_directory/postconf!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is a secondary instance, don't touch shared files.
|
||||
|
||||
instances=`test ! -f $def_config_directory/main.cf ||
|
||||
$command_directory/postconf -c $def_config_directory \
|
||||
-h multi_instance_directories | sed 's/,/ /'` || {
|
||||
$FATAL cannot execute $command_directory/postconf!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check_shared_files=1
|
||||
for name in $instances
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$name" in
|
||||
"$def_config_directory") ;;
|
||||
"$config_directory") check_shared_files=; break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Parse JCL
|
||||
#
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
|
||||
start_msg)
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Start postfix"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
stop_msg)
|
||||
|
||||
echo "Stop postfix"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
quick-start)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t 2>/dev/null || {
|
||||
$FATAL the Postfix mail system is already running
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script quick-check || {
|
||||
$FATAL Postfix integrity check failed!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
$INFO starting the Postfix mail system
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master &
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
start|start-fg)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t 2>/dev/null || {
|
||||
$FATAL the Postfix mail system is already running
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
if [ -f $queue_directory/quick-start ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
rm -f $queue_directory/quick-start
|
||||
else
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script check-fatal || {
|
||||
$FATAL Postfix integrity check failed!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
# Foreground this so it can be stopped. All inodes are cached.
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script check-warn
|
||||
fi
|
||||
$INFO starting the Postfix mail system
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
start)
|
||||
# NOTE: wait in foreground process to get the initialization status.
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -w || {
|
||||
$FATAL "mail system startup failed"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
;;
|
||||
start-fg)
|
||||
# Foreground start-up is incompatible with multi-instance mode.
|
||||
# We can't use "exec $daemon_directory/master" here: that would
|
||||
# break process group management, and "postfix stop" would kill
|
||||
# too many processes.
|
||||
case $instances in
|
||||
"") $daemon_directory/master
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*) $FATAL "start-fg does not support multi_instance_directories"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
drain)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t 2>/dev/null && {
|
||||
$FATAL the Postfix mail system is not running
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
$INFO stopping the Postfix mail system
|
||||
kill -9 `sed 1q pid/master.pid`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
quick-stop)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script stop
|
||||
touch $queue_directory/quick-start
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
stop)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t 2>/dev/null && {
|
||||
$FATAL the Postfix mail system is not running
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
$INFO stopping the Postfix mail system
|
||||
kill `sed 1q pid/master.pid`
|
||||
for i in 5 4 3 2 1
|
||||
do
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t && exit 0
|
||||
$INFO waiting for the Postfix mail system to terminate
|
||||
sleep 1
|
||||
done
|
||||
$WARN stopping the Postfix mail system with force
|
||||
pid=`awk '{ print $1; exit 0 } END { exit 1 }' pid/master.pid` &&
|
||||
kill -9 -$pid
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
abort)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t 2>/dev/null && {
|
||||
$FATAL the Postfix mail system is not running
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
$INFO aborting the Postfix mail system
|
||||
kill `sed 1q pid/master.pid`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
reload)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t 2>/dev/null && {
|
||||
$FATAL the Postfix mail system is not running
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
$INFO refreshing the Postfix mail system
|
||||
$command_directory/postsuper active || exit 1
|
||||
kill -HUP `sed 1q pid/master.pid`
|
||||
$command_directory/postsuper &
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
flush)
|
||||
|
||||
cd $queue_directory || {
|
||||
$FATAL no Postfix queue directory $queue_directory!
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
$command_directory/postqueue -f
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
check)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script check-fatal || exit 1
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script check-warn
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
status)
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/master -t 2>/dev/null && {
|
||||
$INFO the Postfix mail system is not running
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
$INFO the Postfix mail system is running: PID: `sed 1q pid/master.pid`
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
quick-check)
|
||||
# This command is NOT part of the public interface.
|
||||
|
||||
$SHELL $daemon_directory/post-install create-missing || {
|
||||
$WARN unable to create missing queue directories
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Look for incomplete installations.
|
||||
|
||||
test -f $config_directory/master.cf || {
|
||||
$FATAL no $config_directory/master.cf file found
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
check-fatal)
|
||||
# This command is NOT part of the public interface.
|
||||
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-script quick-check
|
||||
|
||||
# See if all queue files are in the right place. This is slow.
|
||||
# We must scan all queues for mis-named queue files before the
|
||||
# mail system can run.
|
||||
|
||||
$command_directory/postsuper || exit 1
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
check-warn)
|
||||
# This command is NOT part of the public interface.
|
||||
|
||||
# Check Postfix root-owned directory owner/permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
find $queue_directory/. $queue_directory/pid \
|
||||
-prune ! -user root \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not owned by root: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
find $queue_directory/. $queue_directory/pid \
|
||||
-prune \( -perm -020 -o -perm -002 \) \
|
||||
-exec $WARN group or other writable: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
# Check Postfix root-owned directory tree owner/permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
todo="$config_directory/."
|
||||
test -n "$check_shared_files" && {
|
||||
todo="$daemon_directory/. $meta_directory/. $todo"
|
||||
test "$shlib_directory" = "no" ||
|
||||
todo="$shlib_directory/. $todo"
|
||||
}
|
||||
todo=`echo "$todo" | tr ' ' '\12' | sort -u`
|
||||
|
||||
find $todo ! -user root \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not owned by root: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
# Handle symlinks separately
|
||||
find -L $todo \( -perm -020 -o -perm -002 \) \
|
||||
-exec $WARN group or other writable: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
find $todo -type l | while read f; do \
|
||||
readlink "$f" | grep -q / && $WARN symlink leaves directory: "$f"; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
|
||||
# Check Postfix mail_owner-owned directory tree owner/permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
find $data_directory/. ! -user $mail_owner \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not owned by $mail_owner: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
find $data_directory/. \( -perm -020 -o -perm -002 \) \
|
||||
-exec $WARN group or other writable: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
# Check Postfix mail_owner-owned directory tree owner.
|
||||
|
||||
find `ls -d $queue_directory/* | \
|
||||
egrep '/(saved|incoming|active|defer|deferred|bounce|hold|trace|corrupt|public|private|flush)$'` \
|
||||
! \( -type p -o -type s \) ! -user $mail_owner \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not owned by $mail_owner: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
# WARNING: this should not descend into the maildrop directory.
|
||||
# maildrop is the least trusted Postfix directory.
|
||||
|
||||
find $queue_directory/maildrop -prune ! -user $mail_owner \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not owned by $mail_owner: $queue_directory/maildrop \;
|
||||
|
||||
# Check Postfix setgid_group-owned directory and file group/permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
todo="$queue_directory/public $queue_directory/maildrop"
|
||||
test -n "$check_shared_files" &&
|
||||
todo="$command_directory/postqueue $command_directory/postdrop $todo"
|
||||
|
||||
find $todo \
|
||||
-prune ! -group $setgid_group \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not owned by group $setgid_group: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$check_shared_files" &&
|
||||
find $command_directory/postqueue $command_directory/postdrop \
|
||||
-prune ! -perm -02111 \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not set-gid or not owner+group+world executable: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
# Check non-Postfix root-owned directory tree owner/content.
|
||||
|
||||
for dir in bin etc lib sbin usr
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -d $dir && {
|
||||
find $dir ! -user root \
|
||||
-exec $WARN not owned by root: $queue_directory/{} \;
|
||||
|
||||
find $dir -type f -print | while read path
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f /$path && {
|
||||
cmp -s $path /$path ||
|
||||
$WARN $queue_directory/$path and /$path differ
|
||||
}
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
find corrupt -type f -exec $WARN damaged message: {} \;
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for non-Postfix MTA remnants.
|
||||
|
||||
test -n "$check_shared_files" -a -f /usr/sbin/sendmail -a \
|
||||
-f /usr/lib/sendmail && {
|
||||
cmp -s /usr/sbin/sendmail /usr/lib/sendmail || {
|
||||
$WARN /usr/lib/sendmail and /usr/sbin/sendmail differ
|
||||
$WARN Replace one by a symbolic link to the other
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
set-permissions|upgrade-configuration)
|
||||
$daemon_directory/post-install create-missing "$@"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
post-install)
|
||||
# Currently not part of the public interface.
|
||||
shift
|
||||
$daemon_directory/post-install "$@"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
tls)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
$daemon_directory/postfix-tls-script "$@"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
/*)
|
||||
# Currently not part of the public interface.
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
*)
|
||||
$FATAL "unknown command: '$1'. Usage: postfix start (or stop, reload, abort, flush, check, status, set-permissions, upgrade-configuration)"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
esac
|
||||
2
etc-relay/postfix/relay_clientcerts
Normal file
2
etc-relay/postfix/relay_clientcerts
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
3d:af:48:78:52:a0:12:8b:e7:d7:96:31:3e:1a:5b:af nuc0.fritz.box
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/relay_clientcerts.db
Normal file
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/relay_clientcerts.db
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
2
etc-relay/postfix/transport
Normal file
2
etc-relay/postfix/transport
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
baloghs.de smtp:[baloghs.de]:25
|
||||
zntrl.de smtp:[baloghs.de]:8025
|
||||
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/transport.db
Normal file
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/transport.db
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
2
etc-relay/postfix/virtual
Normal file
2
etc-relay/postfix/virtual
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
postmaster baloan@zntrl.de
|
||||
abuse baloan@zntrl.de
|
||||
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/virtual.db
Normal file
BIN
etc-relay/postfix/virtual.db
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
227
etc-zntrl/apache2/apache2.conf
Normal file
227
etc-zntrl/apache2/apache2.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
|
||||
# This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the
|
||||
# configuration directives that give the server its instructions.
|
||||
# See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/ for detailed information about
|
||||
# the directives and /usr/share/doc/apache2/README.Debian about Debian specific
|
||||
# hints.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Summary of how the Apache 2 configuration works in Debian:
|
||||
# The Apache 2 web server configuration in Debian is quite different to
|
||||
# upstream's suggested way to configure the web server. This is because Debian's
|
||||
# default Apache2 installation attempts to make adding and removing modules,
|
||||
# virtual hosts, and extra configuration directives as flexible as possible, in
|
||||
# order to make automating the changes and administering the server as easy as
|
||||
# possible.
|
||||
|
||||
# It is split into several files forming the configuration hierarchy outlined
|
||||
# below, all located in the /etc/apache2/ directory:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# /etc/apache2/
|
||||
# |-- apache2.conf
|
||||
# | `-- ports.conf
|
||||
# |-- mods-enabled
|
||||
# | |-- *.load
|
||||
# | `-- *.conf
|
||||
# |-- conf-enabled
|
||||
# | `-- *.conf
|
||||
# `-- sites-enabled
|
||||
# `-- *.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# * apache2.conf is the main configuration file (this file). It puts the pieces
|
||||
# together by including all remaining configuration files when starting up the
|
||||
# web server.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# * ports.conf is always included from the main configuration file. It is
|
||||
# supposed to determine listening ports for incoming connections which can be
|
||||
# customized anytime.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# * Configuration files in the mods-enabled/, conf-enabled/ and sites-enabled/
|
||||
# directories contain particular configuration snippets which manage modules,
|
||||
# global configuration fragments, or virtual host configurations,
|
||||
# respectively.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# They are activated by symlinking available configuration files from their
|
||||
# respective *-available/ counterparts. These should be managed by using our
|
||||
# helpers a2enmod/a2dismod, a2ensite/a2dissite and a2enconf/a2disconf. See
|
||||
# their respective man pages for detailed information.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# * The binary is called apache2. Due to the use of environment variables, in
|
||||
# the default configuration, apache2 needs to be started/stopped with
|
||||
# /etc/init.d/apache2 or apache2ctl. Calling /usr/bin/apache2 directly will not
|
||||
# work with the default configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Global configuration
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's
|
||||
# configuration, error, and log files are kept.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network)
|
||||
# mounted filesystem then please read the Mutex documentation (available
|
||||
# at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/mod/core.html#mutex>);
|
||||
# you will save yourself a lot of trouble.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#ServerRoot "/etc/apache2"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#Mutex file:${APACHE_LOCK_DIR} default
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The directory where shm and other runtime files will be stored.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
DefaultRuntimeDir ${APACHE_RUN_DIR}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process
|
||||
# identification number when it starts.
|
||||
# This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars
|
||||
#
|
||||
PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out.
|
||||
#
|
||||
Timeout 300
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than
|
||||
# one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate.
|
||||
#
|
||||
KeepAlive On
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow
|
||||
# during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount.
|
||||
# We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance.
|
||||
#
|
||||
MaxKeepAliveRequests 100
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the
|
||||
# same client on the same connection.
|
||||
#
|
||||
KeepAliveTimeout 5
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars
|
||||
User ${APACHE_RUN_USER}
|
||||
Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses
|
||||
# e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off).
|
||||
# The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people
|
||||
# had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that
|
||||
# each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the
|
||||
# nameserver.
|
||||
#
|
||||
HostnameLookups Off
|
||||
|
||||
# ErrorLog: The location of the error log file.
|
||||
# If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost>
|
||||
# container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be
|
||||
# logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost>
|
||||
# container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# LogLevel: Control the severity of messages logged to the error_log.
|
||||
# Available values: trace8, ..., trace1, debug, info, notice, warn,
|
||||
# error, crit, alert, emerg.
|
||||
# It is also possible to configure the log level for particular modules, e.g.
|
||||
# "LogLevel info ssl:warn"
|
||||
#
|
||||
LogLevel warn
|
||||
|
||||
# Include module configuration:
|
||||
IncludeOptional mods-enabled/*.load
|
||||
IncludeOptional mods-enabled/*.conf
|
||||
|
||||
# Include list of ports to listen on
|
||||
Include ports.conf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Sets the default security model of the Apache2 HTTPD server. It does
|
||||
# not allow access to the root filesystem outside of /usr/share and /var/www.
|
||||
# The former is used by web applications packaged in Debian,
|
||||
# the latter may be used for local directories served by the web server. If
|
||||
# your system is serving content from a sub-directory in /srv you must allow
|
||||
# access here, or in any related virtual host.
|
||||
<Directory />
|
||||
Options FollowSymLinks
|
||||
AllowOverride None
|
||||
Require all denied
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
|
||||
<Directory /usr/share>
|
||||
AllowOverride None
|
||||
Require all granted
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
|
||||
<Directory /var/www/>
|
||||
Options Indexes FollowSymLinks
|
||||
AllowOverride None
|
||||
Require all granted
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
|
||||
#<Directory /srv/>
|
||||
# Options Indexes FollowSymLinks
|
||||
# AllowOverride None
|
||||
# Require all granted
|
||||
#</Directory>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory
|
||||
# for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride
|
||||
# directive.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AccessFileName .htaccess
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being
|
||||
# viewed by Web clients.
|
||||
#
|
||||
<FilesMatch "^\.ht">
|
||||
Require all denied
|
||||
</FilesMatch>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The following directives define some format nicknames for use with
|
||||
# a CustomLog directive.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# These deviate from the Common Log Format definitions in that they use %O
|
||||
# (the actual bytes sent including headers) instead of %b (the size of the
|
||||
# requested file), because the latter makes it impossible to detect partial
|
||||
# requests.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that the use of %{X-Forwarded-For}i instead of %h is not recommended.
|
||||
# Use mod_remoteip instead.
|
||||
#
|
||||
LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined
|
||||
LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined
|
||||
LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O" common
|
||||
LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer
|
||||
LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent
|
||||
|
||||
# Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files,
|
||||
# see README.Debian for details.
|
||||
|
||||
# Include generic snippets of statements
|
||||
IncludeOptional conf-enabled/*.conf
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the virtual host configurations:
|
||||
IncludeOptional sites-enabled/*.conf
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
21
etc-zntrl/apache2/cipher.conf
Normal file
21
etc-zntrl/apache2/cipher.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
SSLEngine on
|
||||
SSLCACertificatePath /etc/ssl/certs
|
||||
|
||||
# intermediate configuration
|
||||
SSLProtocol all -SSLv3 -TLSv1 -TLSv1.1
|
||||
SSLCipherSuite ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305:ECDHE-RSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305:DHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384@SECLEVEL=0
|
||||
SSLHonorCipherOrder off
|
||||
SSLSessionTickets off
|
||||
|
||||
<FilesMatch "\.(cgi|shtml|phtml|php)$">
|
||||
SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
|
||||
</FilesMatch>
|
||||
<Directory /usr/lib/cgi-bin>
|
||||
SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
|
||||
BrowserMatch "MSIE [2-6]" \
|
||||
nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \
|
||||
downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0
|
||||
# MSIE 7 and newer should be able to use keepalive
|
||||
BrowserMatch "MSIE [17-9]" ssl-unclean-shutdown
|
||||
8
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/charset.conf
Normal file
8
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/charset.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
# Read the documentation before enabling AddDefaultCharset.
|
||||
# In general, it is only a good idea if you know that all your files
|
||||
# have this encoding. It will override any encoding given in the files
|
||||
# in meta http-equiv or xml encoding tags.
|
||||
|
||||
#AddDefaultCharset UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
81
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/localized-error-pages.conf
Normal file
81
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/localized-error-pages.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
# Customizable error responses come in three flavors:
|
||||
# 1) plain text
|
||||
# 2) local redirects
|
||||
# 3) external redirects
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Some examples:
|
||||
#ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo."
|
||||
#ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html
|
||||
#ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl"
|
||||
#ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Putting this all together, we can internationalize error responses.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to
|
||||
# our collection of by-error message multi-language collections. We use
|
||||
# includes to substitute the appropriate text.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the
|
||||
# default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the
|
||||
# /usr/share/apache2/error/include/ files and copying them to /your/include/path/,
|
||||
# even on a per-VirtualHost basis. If you include the Alias in the global server
|
||||
# context, is has to come _before_ the 'Alias /error/ ...' line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The default include files will display your Apache version number and your
|
||||
# ServerAdmin email address regardless of the setting of ServerSignature.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# WARNING: The configuration below will NOT work out of the box if you have a
|
||||
# SetHandler directive in a <Location /> context somewhere. Adding
|
||||
# the following three lines AFTER the <Location /> context should
|
||||
# make it work in most cases:
|
||||
# <Location /error/>
|
||||
# SetHandler none
|
||||
# </Location>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The internationalized error documents require mod_alias, mod_include
|
||||
# and mod_negotiation. To activate them, uncomment the following 37 lines.
|
||||
|
||||
#<IfModule mod_negotiation.c>
|
||||
# <IfModule mod_include.c>
|
||||
# <IfModule mod_alias.c>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Alias /error/ "/usr/share/apache2/error/"
|
||||
#
|
||||
# <Directory "/usr/share/apache2/error">
|
||||
# Options IncludesNoExec
|
||||
# AddOutputFilter Includes html
|
||||
# AddHandler type-map var
|
||||
# Order allow,deny
|
||||
# Allow from all
|
||||
# LanguagePriority en cs de es fr it nl sv pt-br ro
|
||||
# ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
|
||||
# </Directory>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var
|
||||
# ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var
|
||||
# </IfModule>
|
||||
# </IfModule>
|
||||
#</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
# Define an access log for VirtualHosts that don't define their own logfile
|
||||
CustomLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/other_vhosts_access.log vhost_combined
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
23
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/php7.4-fpm.conf
Normal file
23
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/php7.4-fpm.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
# Redirect to local php-fpm if mod_php is not available
|
||||
<IfModule !mod_php7.c>
|
||||
<IfModule proxy_fcgi_module>
|
||||
# Enable http authorization headers
|
||||
<IfModule setenvif_module>
|
||||
SetEnvIfNoCase ^Authorization$ "(.+)" HTTP_AUTHORIZATION=$1
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
<FilesMatch ".+\.ph(ar|p|tml)$">
|
||||
SetHandler "proxy:unix:/run/php/php7.4-fpm.sock|fcgi://localhost"
|
||||
</FilesMatch>
|
||||
<FilesMatch ".+\.phps$">
|
||||
# Deny access to raw php sources by default
|
||||
# To re-enable it's recommended to enable access to the files
|
||||
# only in specific virtual host or directory
|
||||
Require all denied
|
||||
</FilesMatch>
|
||||
# Deny access to files without filename (e.g. '.php')
|
||||
<FilesMatch "^\.ph(ar|p|ps|tml)$">
|
||||
Require all denied
|
||||
</FilesMatch>
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
73
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/security.conf
Normal file
73
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/security.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Disable access to the entire file system except for the directories that
|
||||
# are explicitly allowed later.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This currently breaks the configurations that come with some web application
|
||||
# Debian packages.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#<Directory />
|
||||
# AllowOverride None
|
||||
# Require all denied
|
||||
#</Directory>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Changing the following options will not really affect the security of the
|
||||
# server, but might make attacks slightly more difficult in some cases.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ServerTokens
|
||||
# This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response
|
||||
# Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type
|
||||
# and compiled in modules.
|
||||
# Set to one of: Full | OS | Minimal | Minor | Major | Prod
|
||||
# where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least.
|
||||
#ServerTokens Minimal
|
||||
ServerTokens OS
|
||||
#ServerTokens Full
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host
|
||||
# name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory
|
||||
# listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated
|
||||
# documents or custom error documents).
|
||||
# Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin.
|
||||
# Set to one of: On | Off | EMail
|
||||
#ServerSignature Off
|
||||
ServerSignature On
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Allow TRACE method
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Set to "extended" to also reflect the request body (only for testing and
|
||||
# diagnostic purposes).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Set to one of: On | Off | extended
|
||||
TraceEnable Off
|
||||
#TraceEnable On
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Forbid access to version control directories
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If you use version control systems in your document root, you should
|
||||
# probably deny access to their directories. For example, for subversion:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#<DirectoryMatch "/\.svn">
|
||||
# Require all denied
|
||||
#</DirectoryMatch>
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting this header will prevent MSIE from interpreting files as something
|
||||
# else than declared by the content type in the HTTP headers.
|
||||
# Requires mod_headers to be enabled.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#Header set X-Content-Type-Options: "nosniff"
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Setting this header will prevent other sites from embedding pages from this
|
||||
# site as frames. This defends against clickjacking attacks.
|
||||
# Requires mod_headers to be enabled.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#Header set X-Frame-Options: "sameorigin"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
20
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/serve-cgi-bin.conf
Normal file
20
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/serve-cgi-bin.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<IfModule mod_alias.c>
|
||||
<IfModule mod_cgi.c>
|
||||
Define ENABLE_USR_LIB_CGI_BIN
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
<IfModule mod_cgid.c>
|
||||
Define ENABLE_USR_LIB_CGI_BIN
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
<IfDefine ENABLE_USR_LIB_CGI_BIN>
|
||||
ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/
|
||||
<Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin">
|
||||
AllowOverride None
|
||||
Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch
|
||||
Require all granted
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
</IfDefine>
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
# Z-Push AutoDiscover - ActiveSync over-the-air - default Apache configuration
|
||||
<IfModule mod_alias.c>
|
||||
Alias /AutoDiscover/AutoDiscover.xml "/usr/share/z-push/autodiscover/autodiscover.php"
|
||||
Alias /Autodiscover/Autodiscover.xml "/usr/share/z-push/autodiscover/autodiscover.php"
|
||||
Alias /autodiscover/autodiscover.xml "/usr/share/z-push/autodiscover/autodiscover.php"
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
23
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/z-push.conf
Normal file
23
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-available/z-push.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
# Z-Push - ActiveSync over-the-air - default Apache configuration
|
||||
<IfModule mod_alias.c>
|
||||
Alias /Microsoft-Server-ActiveSync /usr/share/z-push/index.php
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
<Directory /usr/share/z-push>
|
||||
# Don't list a directory index, follow symlinks (maybe state dir is somewhere linked)
|
||||
DirectoryIndex index.php
|
||||
Options -Indexes +FollowSymLinks
|
||||
|
||||
# Security
|
||||
# Don't allow .htaccess Overrides, disallow access to files
|
||||
AllowOverride none
|
||||
<IfModule mod_authz_core.c>
|
||||
Require all granted
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
<Files "config.php">
|
||||
<IfModule mod_authz_core.c>
|
||||
Require all denied
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
</Files>
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/charset.conf
Symbolic link
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/charset.conf
Symbolic link
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
../conf-available/charset.conf
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/localized-error-pages.conf
Symbolic link
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/localized-error-pages.conf
Symbolic link
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
../conf-available/localized-error-pages.conf
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/other-vhosts-access-log.conf
Symbolic link
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/other-vhosts-access-log.conf
Symbolic link
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
../conf-available/other-vhosts-access-log.conf
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/security.conf
Symbolic link
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/security.conf
Symbolic link
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
../conf-available/security.conf
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/serve-cgi-bin.conf
Symbolic link
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/conf-enabled/serve-cgi-bin.conf
Symbolic link
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
../conf-available/serve-cgi-bin.conf
|
||||
47
etc-zntrl/apache2/envvars
Normal file
47
etc-zntrl/apache2/envvars
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
# envvars - default environment variables for apache2ctl
|
||||
|
||||
# this won't be correct after changing uid
|
||||
unset HOME
|
||||
|
||||
# for supporting multiple apache2 instances
|
||||
if [ "${APACHE_CONFDIR##/etc/apache2-}" != "${APACHE_CONFDIR}" ] ; then
|
||||
SUFFIX="-${APACHE_CONFDIR##/etc/apache2-}"
|
||||
else
|
||||
SUFFIX=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Since there is no sane way to get the parsed apache2 config in scripts, some
|
||||
# settings are defined via environment variables and then used in apache2ctl,
|
||||
# /etc/init.d/apache2, /etc/logrotate.d/apache2, etc.
|
||||
export APACHE_RUN_USER=www-data
|
||||
export APACHE_RUN_GROUP=www-data
|
||||
# temporary state file location. This might be changed to /run in Wheezy+1
|
||||
export APACHE_PID_FILE=/var/run/apache2$SUFFIX/apache2.pid
|
||||
export APACHE_RUN_DIR=/var/run/apache2$SUFFIX
|
||||
export APACHE_LOCK_DIR=/var/lock/apache2$SUFFIX
|
||||
# Only /var/log/apache2 is handled by /etc/logrotate.d/apache2.
|
||||
export APACHE_LOG_DIR=/var/log/apache2$SUFFIX
|
||||
|
||||
## The locale used by some modules like mod_dav
|
||||
export LANG=C
|
||||
## Uncomment the following line to use the system default locale instead:
|
||||
#. /etc/default/locale
|
||||
|
||||
export LANG
|
||||
|
||||
## The command to get the status for 'apache2ctl status'.
|
||||
## Some packages providing 'www-browser' need '--dump' instead of '-dump'.
|
||||
#export APACHE_LYNX='www-browser -dump'
|
||||
|
||||
## If you need a higher file descriptor limit, uncomment and adjust the
|
||||
## following line (default is 8192):
|
||||
#APACHE_ULIMIT_MAX_FILES='ulimit -n 65536'
|
||||
|
||||
## If you would like to pass arguments to the web server, add them below
|
||||
## to the APACHE_ARGUMENTS environment.
|
||||
#export APACHE_ARGUMENTS=''
|
||||
|
||||
## Enable the debug mode for maintainer scripts.
|
||||
## This will produce a verbose output on package installations of web server modules and web application
|
||||
## installations which interact with Apache
|
||||
#export APACHE2_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG=1
|
||||
935
etc-zntrl/apache2/magic
Normal file
935
etc-zntrl/apache2/magic
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,935 @@
|
||||
# Magic data for mod_mime_magic (originally for file(1) command)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The format is 4-5 columns:
|
||||
# Column #1: byte number to begin checking from, ">" indicates continuation
|
||||
# Column #2: type of data to match
|
||||
# Column #3: contents of data to match
|
||||
# Column #4: MIME type of result
|
||||
# Column #5: MIME encoding of result (optional)
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Localstuff: file(1) magic for locally observed files
|
||||
# Add any locally observed files here.
|
||||
|
||||
# Real Audio (Magic .ra\0375)
|
||||
0 belong 0x2e7261fd audio/x-pn-realaudio
|
||||
0 string .RMF application/vnd.rn-realmedia
|
||||
|
||||
#video/x-pn-realvideo
|
||||
#video/vnd.rn-realvideo
|
||||
#application/vnd.rn-realmedia
|
||||
# sigh, there are many mimes for that but the above are the most common.
|
||||
|
||||
# Taken from magic, converted to magic.mime
|
||||
# mime types according to http://www.geocities.com/nevilo/mod.htm:
|
||||
# audio/it .it
|
||||
# audio/x-zipped-it .itz
|
||||
# audio/xm fasttracker modules
|
||||
# audio/x-s3m screamtracker modules
|
||||
# audio/s3m screamtracker modules
|
||||
# audio/x-zipped-mod mdz
|
||||
# audio/mod mod
|
||||
# audio/x-mod All modules (mod, s3m, 669, mtm, med, xm, it, mdz, stm, itz, xmz, s3z)
|
||||
|
||||
# Taken from loader code from mikmod version 2.14
|
||||
# by Steve McIntyre (stevem@chiark.greenend.org.uk)
|
||||
# <doj@cubic.org> added title printing on 2003-06-24
|
||||
0 string MAS_UTrack_V00
|
||||
>14 string >/0 audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-tracker-module
|
||||
|
||||
#0 string UN05 MikMod UNI format module sound data
|
||||
|
||||
0 string Extended\ Module: audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-tracker-module
|
||||
##>17 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
|
||||
21 string/c \!SCREAM! audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-screamtracker-module
|
||||
21 string BMOD2STM audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-screamtracker-module
|
||||
1080 string M.K. audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-protracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string M!K! audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-protracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string FLT4 audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-startracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string FLT8 audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-startracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string 4CHN audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-fasttracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string 6CHN audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-fasttracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string 8CHN audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-fasttracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string CD81 audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-oktalyzer-tracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string OKTA audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-oktalyzer-tracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
# Not good enough.
|
||||
#1082 string CH
|
||||
#>1080 string >/0 %.2s-channel Fasttracker "oktalyzer" module sound data
|
||||
1080 string 16CN audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-taketracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
1080 string 32CN audio/x-mod
|
||||
#audio/x-taketracker-module
|
||||
#>0 string >\0 Title: "%s"
|
||||
|
||||
# Impuse tracker module (it)
|
||||
0 string IMPM audio/x-mod
|
||||
#>4 string >\0 "%s"
|
||||
#>40 leshort !0 compatible w/ITv%x
|
||||
#>42 leshort !0 created w/ITv%x
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# end local stuff
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# xml based formats!
|
||||
|
||||
# svg
|
||||
|
||||
0 string \<?xml
|
||||
# text/xml
|
||||
>38 string \<\!DOCTYPE\040svg image/svg+xml
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# xml
|
||||
0 string \<?xml text/xml
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Java
|
||||
|
||||
0 short 0xcafe
|
||||
>2 short 0xbabe application/java
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# audio: file(1) magic for sound formats
|
||||
#
|
||||
# from Jan Nicolai Langfeldt <janl@ifi.uio.no>,
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Sun/NeXT audio data
|
||||
0 string .snd
|
||||
>12 belong 1 audio/basic
|
||||
>12 belong 2 audio/basic
|
||||
>12 belong 3 audio/basic
|
||||
>12 belong 4 audio/basic
|
||||
>12 belong 5 audio/basic
|
||||
>12 belong 6 audio/basic
|
||||
>12 belong 7 audio/basic
|
||||
|
||||
>12 belong 23 audio/x-adpcm
|
||||
|
||||
# DEC systems (e.g. DECstation 5000) use a variant of the Sun/NeXT format
|
||||
# that uses little-endian encoding and has a different magic number
|
||||
# (0x0064732E in little-endian encoding).
|
||||
0 lelong 0x0064732E
|
||||
>12 lelong 1 audio/x-dec-basic
|
||||
>12 lelong 2 audio/x-dec-basic
|
||||
>12 lelong 3 audio/x-dec-basic
|
||||
>12 lelong 4 audio/x-dec-basic
|
||||
>12 lelong 5 audio/x-dec-basic
|
||||
>12 lelong 6 audio/x-dec-basic
|
||||
>12 lelong 7 audio/x-dec-basic
|
||||
# compressed (G.721 ADPCM)
|
||||
>12 lelong 23 audio/x-dec-adpcm
|
||||
|
||||
# Bytes 0-3 of AIFF, AIFF-C, & 8SVX audio files are "FORM"
|
||||
# AIFF audio data
|
||||
8 string AIFF audio/x-aiff
|
||||
# AIFF-C audio data
|
||||
8 string AIFC audio/x-aiff
|
||||
# IFF/8SVX audio data
|
||||
8 string 8SVX audio/x-aiff
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Creative Labs AUDIO stuff
|
||||
# Standard MIDI data
|
||||
0 string MThd audio/unknown
|
||||
#>9 byte >0 (format %d)
|
||||
#>11 byte >1 using %d channels
|
||||
# Creative Music (CMF) data
|
||||
0 string CTMF audio/unknown
|
||||
# SoundBlaster instrument data
|
||||
0 string SBI audio/unknown
|
||||
# Creative Labs voice data
|
||||
0 string Creative\ Voice\ File audio/unknown
|
||||
## is this next line right? it came this way...
|
||||
#>19 byte 0x1A
|
||||
#>23 byte >0 - version %d
|
||||
#>22 byte >0 \b.%d
|
||||
|
||||
# [GRR 950115: is this also Creative Labs? Guessing that first line
|
||||
# should be string instead of unknown-endian long...]
|
||||
#0 long 0x4e54524b MultiTrack sound data
|
||||
#0 string NTRK MultiTrack sound data
|
||||
#>4 long x - version %ld
|
||||
|
||||
# Microsoft WAVE format (*.wav)
|
||||
# [GRR 950115: probably all of the shorts and longs should be leshort/lelong]
|
||||
# Microsoft RIFF
|
||||
0 string RIFF
|
||||
# - WAVE format
|
||||
>8 string WAVE audio/x-wav
|
||||
>8 string/B AVI video/x-msvideo
|
||||
#
|
||||
>8 string CDRA image/x-coreldraw
|
||||
|
||||
# AAC (aka MPEG-2 NBC)
|
||||
0 beshort&0xfff6 0xfff0 audio/X-HX-AAC-ADTS
|
||||
0 string ADIF audio/X-HX-AAC-ADIF
|
||||
0 beshort&0xffe0 0x56e0 audio/MP4A-LATM
|
||||
0 beshort 0x4De1 audio/MP4A-LATM
|
||||
|
||||
# MPEG Layer 3 sound files
|
||||
0 beshort&0xfffe =0xfffa audio/mpeg
|
||||
#MP3 with ID3 tag
|
||||
0 string ID3 audio/mpeg
|
||||
# Ogg/Vorbis
|
||||
0 string OggS application/ogg
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# c-lang: file(1) magic for C programs or various scripts
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# XPM icons (Greg Roelofs, newt@uchicago.edu)
|
||||
# ideally should go into "images", but entries below would tag XPM as C source
|
||||
0 string /*\ XPM image/x-xpmi 7bit
|
||||
|
||||
# 3DS (3d Studio files)
|
||||
#16 beshort 0x3d3d image/x-3ds
|
||||
|
||||
# this first will upset you if you're a PL/1 shop... (are there any left?)
|
||||
# in which case rm it; ascmagic will catch real C programs
|
||||
# C or REXX program text
|
||||
#0 string /* text/x-c
|
||||
# C++ program text
|
||||
#0 string // text/x-c++
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# commands: file(1) magic for various shells and interpreters
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 string :\ shell archive or commands for antique kernel text
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/sh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/sh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/csh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/csh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
# korn shell magic, sent by George Wu, gwu@clyde.att.com
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/ksh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/ksh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/tcsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/tcsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/tcsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/tcsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/bin/tcsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/tcsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
# bash shell magic, from Peter Tobias (tobias@server.et-inf.fho-emden.de)
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/bash application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/bash application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/bin/bash application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/bash application/x-shellscript
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# zsh/ash/ae/nawk/gawk magic from cameron@cs.unsw.oz.au (Cameron Simpson)
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/zsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/bin/zsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/bin/zsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/zsh application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/bin/ash application/x-shellscript
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/ash application/x-shellscript
|
||||
#0 string #!/usr/local/bin/ae Neil Brown's ae
|
||||
#0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/ae Neil Brown's ae
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/nawk application/x-nawk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/nawk application/x-nawk
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/bin/nawk application/x-nawk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/bin/nawk application/x-nawk
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/bin/nawk application/x-nawk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/nawk application/x-nawk
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/gawk application/x-gawk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/gawk application/x-gawk
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/bin/gawk application/x-gawk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/bin/gawk application/x-gawk
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/bin/gawk application/x-gawk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/gawk application/x-gawk
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/awk application/x-awk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/awk application/x-awk
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/bin/awk application/x-awk
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/bin/awk application/x-awk
|
||||
# update to distinguish from *.vcf files by Joerg Jenderek: joerg dot jenderek at web dot de
|
||||
#0 regex BEGIN[[:space:]]*[{] application/x-awk
|
||||
|
||||
# For Larry Wall's perl language. The ``eval'' line recognizes an
|
||||
# outrageously clever hack for USG systems.
|
||||
# Keith Waclena <keith@cerberus.uchicago.edu>
|
||||
0 string #!/bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string #!\ /bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string eval\ "exec\ /bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string eval\ "exec\ /usr/bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string #!/usr/local/bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string #!\ /usr/local/bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
0 string eval\ "exec\ /usr/local/bin/perl application/x-perl
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# compress: file(1) magic for pure-compression formats (no archives)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# compress, gzip, pack, compact, huf, squeeze, crunch, freeze, yabba, whap, etc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Formats for various forms of compressed data
|
||||
# Formats for "compress" proper have been moved into "compress.c",
|
||||
# because it tries to uncompress it to figure out what's inside.
|
||||
|
||||
# standard unix compress
|
||||
#0 string \037\235 application/x-compress
|
||||
|
||||
# gzip (GNU zip, not to be confused with [Info-ZIP/PKWARE] zip archiver)
|
||||
#0 string \037\213 application/x-gzip
|
||||
|
||||
0 string PK\003\004 application/x-zip
|
||||
|
||||
# RAR archiver (Greg Roelofs, newt@uchicago.edu)
|
||||
0 string Rar! application/x-rar
|
||||
|
||||
# According to gzip.h, this is the correct byte order for packed data.
|
||||
0 string \037\036 application/octet-stream
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This magic number is byte-order-independent.
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 short 017437 application/octet-stream
|
||||
|
||||
# XXX - why *two* entries for "compacted data", one of which is
|
||||
# byte-order independent, and one of which is byte-order dependent?
|
||||
#
|
||||
# compacted data
|
||||
0 short 0x1fff application/octet-stream
|
||||
0 string \377\037 application/octet-stream
|
||||
# huf output
|
||||
0 short 0145405 application/octet-stream
|
||||
|
||||
# Squeeze and Crunch...
|
||||
# These numbers were gleaned from the Unix versions of the programs to
|
||||
# handle these formats. Note that I can only uncrunch, not crunch, and
|
||||
# I didn't have a crunched file handy, so the crunch number is untested.
|
||||
# Keith Waclena <keith@cerberus.uchicago.edu>
|
||||
#0 leshort 0x76FF squeezed data (CP/M, DOS)
|
||||
#0 leshort 0x76FE crunched data (CP/M, DOS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Freeze
|
||||
#0 string \037\237 Frozen file 2.1
|
||||
#0 string \037\236 Frozen file 1.0 (or gzip 0.5)
|
||||
|
||||
# lzh?
|
||||
#0 string \037\240 LZH compressed data
|
||||
|
||||
257 string ustar\0 application/x-tar posix
|
||||
257 string ustar\040\040\0 application/x-tar gnu
|
||||
|
||||
0 short 070707 application/x-cpio
|
||||
0 short 0143561 application/x-cpio swapped
|
||||
|
||||
0 string =<ar> application/x-archive
|
||||
0 string \!<arch> application/x-archive
|
||||
>8 string debian application/x-debian-package
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#
|
||||
# RPM: file(1) magic for Red Hat Packages Erik Troan (ewt@redhat.com)
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 beshort 0xedab
|
||||
>2 beshort 0xeedb application/x-rpm
|
||||
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000081a application/x-arc lzw
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000091a application/x-arc squashed
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000021a application/x-arc uncompressed
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000031a application/x-arc packed
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000041a application/x-arc squeezed
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000061a application/x-arc crunched
|
||||
|
||||
0 leshort 0xea60 application/x-arj
|
||||
|
||||
# LHARC/LHA archiver (Greg Roelofs, newt@uchicago.edu)
|
||||
2 string -lh0- application/x-lharc lh0
|
||||
2 string -lh1- application/x-lharc lh1
|
||||
2 string -lz4- application/x-lharc lz4
|
||||
2 string -lz5- application/x-lharc lz5
|
||||
# [never seen any but the last; -lh4- reported in comp.compression:]
|
||||
2 string -lzs- application/x-lha lzs
|
||||
2 string -lh\ - application/x-lha lh
|
||||
2 string -lhd- application/x-lha lhd
|
||||
2 string -lh2- application/x-lha lh2
|
||||
2 string -lh3- application/x-lha lh3
|
||||
2 string -lh4- application/x-lha lh4
|
||||
2 string -lh5- application/x-lha lh5
|
||||
2 string -lh6- application/x-lha lh6
|
||||
2 string -lh7- application/x-lha lh7
|
||||
# Shell archives
|
||||
10 string #\ This\ is\ a\ shell\ archive application/octet-stream x-shell
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# frame: file(1) magic for FrameMaker files
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This stuff came on a FrameMaker demo tape, most of which is
|
||||
# copyright, but this file is "published" as witness the following:
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 string \<MakerFile application/x-frame
|
||||
0 string \<MIFFile application/x-frame
|
||||
0 string \<MakerDictionary application/x-frame
|
||||
0 string \<MakerScreenFon application/x-frame
|
||||
0 string \<MML application/x-frame
|
||||
0 string \<Book application/x-frame
|
||||
0 string \<Maker application/x-frame
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# html: file(1) magic for HTML (HyperText Markup Language) docs
|
||||
#
|
||||
# from Daniel Quinlan <quinlan@yggdrasil.com>
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 string/cB \<!DOCTYPE\ html text/html
|
||||
0 string/cb \<head text/html
|
||||
0 string/cb \<title text/html
|
||||
0 string/bc \<html text/html
|
||||
0 string \<!-- text/html
|
||||
0 string/c \<h1 text/html
|
||||
|
||||
0 string \<?xml text/xml
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# images: file(1) magic for image formats (see also "c-lang" for XPM bitmaps)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# originally from jef@helios.ee.lbl.gov (Jef Poskanzer),
|
||||
# additions by janl@ifi.uio.no as well as others. Jan also suggested
|
||||
# merging several one- and two-line files into here.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# XXX - byte order for GIF and TIFF fields?
|
||||
# [GRR: TIFF allows both byte orders; GIF is probably little-endian]
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# [GRR: what the hell is this doing in here?]
|
||||
#0 string xbtoa btoa'd file
|
||||
|
||||
# PBMPLUS
|
||||
# PBM file
|
||||
0 string P1 image/x-portable-bitmap 7bit
|
||||
# PGM file
|
||||
0 string P2 image/x-portable-greymap 7bit
|
||||
# PPM file
|
||||
0 string P3 image/x-portable-pixmap 7bit
|
||||
# PBM "rawbits" file
|
||||
0 string P4 image/x-portable-bitmap
|
||||
# PGM "rawbits" file
|
||||
0 string P5 image/x-portable-greymap
|
||||
# PPM "rawbits" file
|
||||
0 string P6 image/x-portable-pixmap
|
||||
|
||||
# NIFF (Navy Interchange File Format, a modification of TIFF)
|
||||
# [GRR: this *must* go before TIFF]
|
||||
0 string IIN1 image/x-niff
|
||||
|
||||
# TIFF and friends
|
||||
# TIFF file, big-endian
|
||||
0 string MM image/tiff
|
||||
# TIFF file, little-endian
|
||||
0 string II image/tiff
|
||||
|
||||
# possible GIF replacements; none yet released!
|
||||
# (Greg Roelofs, newt@uchicago.edu)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GRR 950115: this was mine ("Zip GIF"):
|
||||
# ZIF image (GIF+deflate alpha)
|
||||
0 string GIF94z image/unknown
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GRR 950115: this is Jeremy Wohl's Free Graphics Format (better):
|
||||
# FGF image (GIF+deflate beta)
|
||||
0 string FGF95a image/unknown
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GRR 950115: this is Thomas Boutell's Portable Bitmap Format proposal
|
||||
# (best; not yet implemented):
|
||||
# PBF image (deflate compression)
|
||||
0 string PBF image/unknown
|
||||
|
||||
# GIF
|
||||
0 string GIF image/gif
|
||||
|
||||
# JPEG images
|
||||
0 beshort 0xffd8 image/jpeg
|
||||
|
||||
# PC bitmaps (OS/2, Windoze BMP files) (Greg Roelofs, newt@uchicago.edu)
|
||||
0 string BM image/x-ms-bmp
|
||||
#>14 byte 12 (OS/2 1.x format)
|
||||
#>14 byte 64 (OS/2 2.x format)
|
||||
#>14 byte 40 (Windows 3.x format)
|
||||
#0 string IC icon
|
||||
#0 string PI pointer
|
||||
#0 string CI color icon
|
||||
#0 string CP color pointer
|
||||
#0 string BA bitmap array
|
||||
|
||||
# CDROM Filesystems
|
||||
32769 string CD001 application/x-iso9660
|
||||
|
||||
# Newer StuffIt archives (grant@netbsd.org)
|
||||
0 string StuffIt application/x-stuffit
|
||||
#>162 string >0 : %s
|
||||
|
||||
# BinHex is the Macintosh ASCII-encoded file format (see also "apple")
|
||||
# Daniel Quinlan, quinlan@yggdrasil.com
|
||||
11 string must\ be\ converted\ with\ BinHex\ 4 application/mac-binhex40
|
||||
##>41 string x \b, version %.3s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# lisp: file(1) magic for lisp programs
|
||||
#
|
||||
# various lisp types, from Daniel Quinlan (quinlan@yggdrasil.com)
|
||||
0 string ;; text/plain 8bit
|
||||
# Emacs 18 - this is always correct, but not very magical.
|
||||
0 string \012( application/x-elc
|
||||
# Emacs 19
|
||||
0 string ;ELC\023\000\000\000 application/x-elc
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# mail.news: file(1) magic for mail and news
|
||||
#
|
||||
# There are tests to ascmagic.c to cope with mail and news.
|
||||
0 string Relay-Version: message/rfc822 7bit
|
||||
0 string #!\ rnews message/rfc822 7bit
|
||||
0 string N#!\ rnews message/rfc822 7bit
|
||||
0 string Forward\ to message/rfc822 7bit
|
||||
0 string Pipe\ to message/rfc822 7bit
|
||||
0 string Return-Path: message/rfc822 7bit
|
||||
0 string Received: message/rfc822
|
||||
0 string Path: message/news 8bit
|
||||
0 string Xref: message/news 8bit
|
||||
0 string From: message/rfc822 7bit
|
||||
0 string Article message/news 8bit
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# msword: file(1) magic for MS Word files
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Contributor claims:
|
||||
# Reversed-engineered MS Word magic numbers
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
0 string \376\067\0\043 application/msword
|
||||
0 string \320\317\021\340\241\261 application/msword
|
||||
0 string \333\245-\0\0\0 application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# printer: file(1) magic for printer-formatted files
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# PostScript
|
||||
0 string %! application/postscript
|
||||
0 string \004%! application/postscript
|
||||
|
||||
# Acrobat
|
||||
# (due to clamen@cs.cmu.edu)
|
||||
0 string %PDF- application/pdf
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# sc: file(1) magic for "sc" spreadsheet
|
||||
#
|
||||
38 string Spreadsheet application/x-sc
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# tex: file(1) magic for TeX files
|
||||
#
|
||||
# XXX - needs byte-endian stuff (big-endian and little-endian DVI?)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# From <conklin@talisman.kaleida.com>
|
||||
|
||||
# Although we may know the offset of certain text fields in TeX DVI
|
||||
# and font files, we can't use them reliably because they are not
|
||||
# zero terminated. [but we do anyway, christos]
|
||||
0 string \367\002 application/x-dvi
|
||||
#0 string \367\203 TeX generic font data
|
||||
#0 string \367\131 TeX packed font data
|
||||
#0 string \367\312 TeX virtual font data
|
||||
#0 string This\ is\ TeX, TeX transcript text
|
||||
#0 string This\ is\ METAFONT, METAFONT transcript text
|
||||
|
||||
# There is no way to detect TeX Font Metric (*.tfm) files without
|
||||
# breaking them apart and reading the data. The following patterns
|
||||
# match most *.tfm files generated by METAFONT or afm2tfm.
|
||||
2 string \000\021 application/x-tex-tfm
|
||||
2 string \000\022 application/x-tex-tfm
|
||||
#>34 string >\0 (%s)
|
||||
|
||||
# Texinfo and GNU Info, from Daniel Quinlan (quinlan@yggdrasil.com)
|
||||
0 string \\input\ texinfo text/x-texinfo
|
||||
0 string This\ is\ Info\ file text/x-info
|
||||
|
||||
# correct TeX magic for Linux (and maybe more)
|
||||
# from Peter Tobias (tobias@server.et-inf.fho-emden.de)
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 leshort 0x02f7 application/x-dvi
|
||||
|
||||
# RTF - Rich Text Format
|
||||
0 string {\\rtf text/rtf
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# animation: file(1) magic for animation/movie formats
|
||||
#
|
||||
# animation formats, originally from vax@ccwf.cc.utexas.edu (VaX#n8)
|
||||
# MPEG file
|
||||
# MPEG sequences
|
||||
0 belong 0x000001BA
|
||||
>4 byte &0x40 video/mp2p
|
||||
>4 byte ^0x40 video/mpeg
|
||||
0 belong 0x000001BB video/mpeg
|
||||
0 belong 0x000001B0 video/mp4v-es
|
||||
0 belong 0x000001B5 video/mp4v-es
|
||||
0 belong 0x000001B3 video/mpv
|
||||
0 belong&0xFF5FFF1F 0x47400010 video/mp2t
|
||||
0 belong 0x00000001
|
||||
>4 byte&0x1F 0x07 video/h264
|
||||
|
||||
# FLI animation format
|
||||
0 leshort 0xAF11 video/fli
|
||||
# FLC animation format
|
||||
0 leshort 0xAF12 video/flc
|
||||
#
|
||||
# SGI and Apple formats
|
||||
# Added ISO mimes
|
||||
0 string MOVI video/sgi
|
||||
4 string moov video/quicktime
|
||||
4 string mdat video/quicktime
|
||||
4 string wide video/quicktime
|
||||
4 string skip video/quicktime
|
||||
4 string free video/quicktime
|
||||
4 string idsc image/x-quicktime
|
||||
4 string idat image/x-quicktime
|
||||
4 string pckg application/x-quicktime
|
||||
4 string/B jP image/jp2
|
||||
4 string ftyp
|
||||
>8 string isom video/mp4
|
||||
>8 string mp41 video/mp4
|
||||
>8 string mp42 video/mp4
|
||||
>8 string/B jp2 image/jp2
|
||||
>8 string 3gp video/3gpp
|
||||
>8 string avc1 video/3gpp
|
||||
>8 string mmp4 video/mp4
|
||||
>8 string/B M4A audio/mp4
|
||||
>8 string/B qt video/quicktime
|
||||
# The contributor claims:
|
||||
# I couldn't find a real magic number for these, however, this
|
||||
# -appears- to work. Note that it might catch other files, too,
|
||||
# so BE CAREFUL!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that title and author appear in the two 20-byte chunks
|
||||
# at decimal offsets 2 and 22, respectively, but they are XOR'ed with
|
||||
# 255 (hex FF)! DL format SUCKS BIG ROCKS.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DL file version 1 , medium format (160x100, 4 images/screen)
|
||||
0 byte 1 video/unknown
|
||||
0 byte 2 video/unknown
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Databases
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GDBM magic numbers
|
||||
# Will be maintained as part of the GDBM distribution in the future.
|
||||
# <downsj@teeny.org>
|
||||
0 belong 0x13579ace application/x-gdbm
|
||||
0 lelong 0x13579ace application/x-gdbm
|
||||
0 string GDBM application/x-gdbm
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 belong 0x061561 application/x-dbm
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Executables
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 string \177ELF
|
||||
>16 leshort 0 application/octet-stream
|
||||
>16 leshort 1 application/x-object
|
||||
>16 leshort 2 application/x-executable
|
||||
>16 leshort 3 application/x-sharedlib
|
||||
>16 leshort 4 application/x-coredump
|
||||
>16 beshort 0 application/octet-stream
|
||||
>16 beshort 1 application/x-object
|
||||
>16 beshort 2 application/x-executable
|
||||
>16 beshort 3 application/x-sharedlib
|
||||
>16 beshort 4 application/x-coredump
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DOS
|
||||
0 string MZ application/x-dosexec
|
||||
#
|
||||
# KDE
|
||||
0 string [KDE\ Desktop\ Entry] application/x-kdelnk
|
||||
0 string \#\ KDE\ Config\ File application/x-kdelnk
|
||||
# xmcd database file for kscd
|
||||
0 string \#\ xmcd text/xmcd
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# pkgadd: file(1) magic for SysV R4 PKG Datastreams
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 string #\ PaCkAgE\ DaTaStReAm application/x-svr4-package
|
||||
|
||||
#PNG Image Format
|
||||
0 string \x89PNG image/png
|
||||
|
||||
# MNG Video Format, <URL:http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng/spec/>
|
||||
0 string \x8aMNG video/x-mng
|
||||
0 string \x8aJNG video/x-jng
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Hierarchical Data Format, used to facilitate scientific data exchange
|
||||
# specifications at http://hdf.ncsa.uiuc.edu/
|
||||
#Hierarchical Data Format (version 4) data
|
||||
0 belong 0x0e031301 application/x-hdf
|
||||
#Hierarchical Data Format (version 5) data
|
||||
0 string \211HDF\r\n\032 application/x-hdf
|
||||
|
||||
# Adobe Photoshop
|
||||
0 string 8BPS image/x-photoshop
|
||||
|
||||
# Felix von Leitner <felix-file@fefe.de>
|
||||
0 string d8:announce application/x-bittorrent
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# lotus 1-2-3 document
|
||||
0 belong 0x00001a00 application/x-123
|
||||
0 belong 0x00000200 application/x-123
|
||||
|
||||
# MS Access database
|
||||
4 string Standard\ Jet\ DB application/msaccess
|
||||
|
||||
## magic for XBase files
|
||||
#0 byte 0x02
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x03
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x04
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x05
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x30
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x43
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x7b
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x83
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x8b
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0x8e
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0xb3
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 byte 0xf5
|
||||
#>8 leshort >0
|
||||
#>>12 leshort 0 application/x-dbf
|
||||
#
|
||||
#0 leshort 0x0006 application/x-dbt
|
||||
|
||||
# Debian has entries for the old PGP formats:
|
||||
# pgp: file(1) magic for Pretty Good Privacy
|
||||
# see http://lists.gnupg.org/pipermail/gnupg-devel/1999-September/016052.html
|
||||
#text/PGP key public ring
|
||||
0 beshort 0x9900 application/pgp
|
||||
#text/PGP key security ring
|
||||
0 beshort 0x9501 application/pgp
|
||||
#text/PGP key security ring
|
||||
0 beshort 0x9500 application/pgp
|
||||
#text/PGP encrypted data
|
||||
0 beshort 0xa600 application/pgp-encrypted
|
||||
#text/PGP armored data
|
||||
##public key block
|
||||
2 string ---BEGIN\ PGP\ PUBLIC\ KEY\ BLOCK- application/pgp-keys
|
||||
0 string -----BEGIN\040PGP\40MESSAGE- application/pgp
|
||||
0 string -----BEGIN\040PGP\40SIGNATURE- application/pgp-signature
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GnuPG Magic:
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
#text/GnuPG key public ring
|
||||
0 beshort 0x9901 application/pgp
|
||||
#text/OpenPGP data
|
||||
0 beshort 0x8501 application/pgp-encrypted
|
||||
|
||||
# flash: file(1) magic for Macromedia Flash file format
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See
|
||||
#
|
||||
# http://www.macromedia.com/software/flash/open/
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 string FWS
|
||||
>3 byte x application/x-shockwave-flash
|
||||
|
||||
# The following paramaters are created for Namazu.
|
||||
# <http://www.namazu.org/>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 1999/08/13
|
||||
#0 string \<!--\ MHonArc text/html; x-type=mhonarc
|
||||
0 string BZh application/x-bzip2
|
||||
|
||||
# 1999/09/09
|
||||
# VRML (suggested by Masao Takaku)
|
||||
0 string #VRML\ V1.0\ ascii model/vrml
|
||||
0 string #VRML\ V2.0\ utf8 model/vrml
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# ichitaro456: file(1) magic for Just System Word Processor Ichitaro
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Contributor kenzo-:
|
||||
# Reversed-engineered JS Ichitaro magic numbers
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
0 string DOC
|
||||
>43 byte 0x14 application/ichitaro4
|
||||
>144 string JDASH application/ichitaro4
|
||||
|
||||
0 string DOC
|
||||
>43 byte 0x15 application/ichitaro5
|
||||
|
||||
0 string DOC
|
||||
>43 byte 0x16 application/ichitaro6
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# office97: file(1) magic for MicroSoft Office files
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Contributor kenzo-:
|
||||
# Reversed-engineered MS Office magic numbers
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#0 string \320\317\021\340\241\261\032\341
|
||||
#>48 byte 0x1B application/excel
|
||||
|
||||
2080 string Microsoft\ Excel\ 5.0\ Worksheet application/excel
|
||||
2114 string Biff5 application/excel
|
||||
|
||||
0 string \224\246\056 application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
0 belong 0x31be0000 application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
0 string PO^Q` application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
0 string \320\317\021\340\241\261\032\341
|
||||
>546 string bjbj application/msword
|
||||
>546 string jbjb application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
512 string R\0o\0o\0t\0\ \0E\0n\0t\0r\0y application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
2080 string Microsoft\ Word\ 6.0\ Document application/msword
|
||||
2080 string Documento\ Microsoft\ Word\ 6 application/msword
|
||||
2112 string MSWordDoc application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
#0 string \320\317\021\340\241\261\032\341 application/powerpoint
|
||||
0 string \320\317\021\340\241\261\032\341 application/msword
|
||||
|
||||
0 string #\ PaCkAgE\ DaTaStReAm application/x-svr4-package
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# WinNT/WinCE PE files (Warner Losh, imp@village.org)
|
||||
#
|
||||
128 string PE\000\000 application/octet-stream
|
||||
0 string PE\000\000 application/octet-stream
|
||||
|
||||
# miscellaneous formats
|
||||
0 string LZ application/octet-stream
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# .EXE formats (Greg Roelofs, newt@uchicago.edu)
|
||||
#
|
||||
0 string MZ
|
||||
>24 string @ application/octet-stream
|
||||
|
||||
0 string MZ
|
||||
>30 string Copyright\ 1989-1990\ PKWARE\ Inc. application/x-zip
|
||||
|
||||
0 string MZ
|
||||
>30 string PKLITE\ Copr. application/x-zip
|
||||
|
||||
0 string MZ
|
||||
>36 string LHa's\ SFX application/x-lha
|
||||
|
||||
0 string MZ application/octet-stream
|
||||
|
||||
# LHA archiver
|
||||
2 string -lh
|
||||
>6 string - application/x-lha
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Zoo archiver
|
||||
20 lelong 0xfdc4a7dc application/x-zoo
|
||||
|
||||
# ARC archiver
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000081a application/x-arc
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000091a application/x-arc
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000021a application/x-arc
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000031a application/x-arc
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000041a application/x-arc
|
||||
0 lelong&0x8080ffff 0x0000061a application/x-arc
|
||||
|
||||
# Microsoft Outlook's Transport Neutral Encapsulation Format (TNEF)
|
||||
0 lelong 0x223e9f78 application/ms-tnef
|
||||
|
||||
# From: stephane.loeuillet@tiscali.f
|
||||
# http://www.djvuzone.org/
|
||||
0 string AT&TFORM image/x.djvu
|
||||
|
||||
# Danny Milosavljevic <danny.milo@gmx.net>
|
||||
# this are adrift (adventure game standard) game files, extension .taf
|
||||
# depending on version magic continues with 0x93453E6139FA (V 4.0)
|
||||
# 0x9445376139FA (V 3.90)
|
||||
# 0x9445366139FA (V 3.80)
|
||||
# this is from source (http://www.adrift.org.uk/) and I have some taf
|
||||
# files, and checked them.
|
||||
#0 belong 0x3C423FC9
|
||||
#>4 belong 0x6A87C2CF application/x-adrift
|
||||
#0 string \000\000\001\000 image/x-ico
|
||||
|
||||
# Quark Xpress 3 Files:
|
||||
# (made the mimetype up)
|
||||
0 string \0\0MMXPR3\0 application/x-quark-xpress-3
|
||||
|
||||
# EET archive
|
||||
# From: Tilman Sauerbeck <tilman@code-monkey.de>
|
||||
0 belong 0x1ee7ff00 application/x-eet
|
||||
|
||||
# From: Denis Knauf, via gentoo.
|
||||
0 string fLaC audio/x-flac
|
||||
0 string CWS application/x-shockwave-flash
|
||||
|
||||
# Gnumeric spreadsheet
|
||||
# This entry is only semi-helpful, as Gnumeric compresses its files, so
|
||||
# they will ordinarily reported as "compressed", but at least -z helps
|
||||
39 string =<gmr:Workbook application/x-gnumeric
|
||||
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/access_compat.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/access_compat.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: authn_core
|
||||
LoadModule access_compat_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_access_compat.so
|
||||
11
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/actions.conf
Normal file
11
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/actions.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
# a2enmod-note: needs-configuration
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Action lets you define media types that will execute a script whenever
|
||||
# a matching file is called. This eliminates the need for repeated URL
|
||||
# pathnames for oft-used CGI file processors.
|
||||
# Format: Action media/type /cgi-script/location
|
||||
# Format: Action handler-name /cgi-script/location
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/actions.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/actions.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule actions_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_actions.so
|
||||
24
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/alias.conf
Normal file
24
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/alias.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
<IfModule alias_module>
|
||||
# Aliases: Add here as many aliases as you need (with no limit). The format is
|
||||
# Alias fakename realname
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that if you include a trailing / on fakename then the server will
|
||||
# require it to be present in the URL. So "/icons" isn't aliased in this
|
||||
# example, only "/icons/". If the fakename is slash-terminated, then the
|
||||
# realname must also be slash terminated, and if the fakename omits the
|
||||
# trailing slash, the realname must also omit it.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If
|
||||
# you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out.
|
||||
|
||||
Alias /icons/ "/usr/share/apache2/icons/"
|
||||
|
||||
<Directory "/usr/share/apache2/icons">
|
||||
Options FollowSymlinks
|
||||
AllowOverride None
|
||||
Require all granted
|
||||
</Directory>
|
||||
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/alias.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/alias.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule alias_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_alias.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/allowmethods.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/allowmethods.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule allowmethods_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_allowmethods.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/asis.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/asis.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: mime
|
||||
LoadModule asis_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_asis.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/auth_basic.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/auth_basic.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: authn_core
|
||||
LoadModule auth_basic_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_auth_basic.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/auth_digest.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/auth_digest.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: authn_core
|
||||
LoadModule auth_digest_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_auth_digest.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/auth_form.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/auth_form.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: session authn_core
|
||||
LoadModule auth_form_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_auth_form.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_anon.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_anon.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authn_anon_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authn_anon.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_core.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_core.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authn_core_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authn_core.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_dbd.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_dbd.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: dbd
|
||||
LoadModule authn_dbd_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authn_dbd.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_dbm.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_dbm.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authn_dbm_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authn_dbm.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_file.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_file.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authn_file_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authn_file.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_socache.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authn_socache.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authn_socache_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authn_socache.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authnz_fcgi.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authnz_fcgi.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authnz_fcgi_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authnz_fcgi.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authnz_ldap.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authnz_ldap.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: ldap
|
||||
LoadModule authnz_ldap_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_core.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_core.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authz_core_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authz_core.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_dbd.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_dbd.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: dbd authz_core
|
||||
LoadModule authz_dbd_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authz_dbd.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_dbm.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_dbm.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: authz_core
|
||||
LoadModule authz_dbm_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authz_dbm.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_groupfile.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_groupfile.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: authz_core
|
||||
LoadModule authz_groupfile_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_host.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_host.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: authz_core
|
||||
LoadModule authz_host_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authz_host.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_owner.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_owner.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule authz_owner_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authz_owner.so
|
||||
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_user.load
Normal file
2
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/authz_user.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
# Depends: authz_core
|
||||
LoadModule authz_user_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_authz_user.so
|
||||
96
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/autoindex.conf
Normal file
96
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/autoindex.conf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
<IfModule mod_autoindex.c>
|
||||
# Directives controlling the display of server-generated directory listings.
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# IndexOptions: Controls the appearance of server-generated directory
|
||||
# listings.
|
||||
# Remove/replace the "Charset=UTF-8" if you don't use UTF-8 for your filenames.
|
||||
IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort HTMLTable NameWidth=* DescriptionWidth=* Charset=UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# AddIcon* directives tell the server which icon to show for different
|
||||
# files or filename extensions. These are only displayed for
|
||||
# FancyIndexed directories.
|
||||
AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip x-bzip2
|
||||
|
||||
AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/*
|
||||
AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/*
|
||||
AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/*
|
||||
AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/*
|
||||
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex
|
||||
# It's a suffix rule, so simply matching "core" matches "score" as well !
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif /core
|
||||
AddIcon (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) .ogg
|
||||
AddIcon (VID,/icons/movie.gif) .ogm
|
||||
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/back.gif ..
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^
|
||||
|
||||
# Default icons for OpenDocument format
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odt-20x22.png .odt
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6ods-20x22.png .ods
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odp-20x22.png .odp
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odg-20x22.png .odg
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odc-20x22.png .odc
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odf-20x22.png .odf
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odb-20x22.png .odb
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odi-20x22.png .odi
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6odm-20x22.png .odm
|
||||
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6ott-20x22.png .ott
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6ots-20x22.png .ots
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6otp-20x22.png .otp
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6otg-20x22.png .otg
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6otc-20x22.png .otc
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6otf-20x22.png .otf
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6oti-20x22.png .oti
|
||||
AddIcon /icons/odf6oth-20x22.png .oth
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon
|
||||
# explicitly set.
|
||||
DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in
|
||||
# server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed
|
||||
# directories.
|
||||
# Format: AddDescription "description" filename
|
||||
#AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz
|
||||
#AddDescription "tar archive" .tar
|
||||
#AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by
|
||||
# default, and append to directory listings.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to
|
||||
# directory indexes
|
||||
ReadmeName README.html
|
||||
HeaderName HEADER.html
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore
|
||||
# and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted.
|
||||
IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# RCS CVS *,v *,t
|
||||
|
||||
</IfModule>
|
||||
|
||||
# vim: syntax=apache ts=4 sw=4 sts=4 sr noet
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/autoindex.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/autoindex.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule autoindex_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_autoindex.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/brotli.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/brotli.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule brotli_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_brotli.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/buffer.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/buffer.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule buffer_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_buffer.so
|
||||
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/cache.load
Normal file
1
etc-zntrl/apache2/mods-available/cache.load
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
LoadModule cache_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_cache.so
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user